1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
22 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
23 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
28 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
60 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
67 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
68 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
74 #include "dispextern.h"
76 #include "termhooks.h"
84 #include "intervals.h"
90 #include <X11/Shell.h>
93 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
101 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
102 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
107 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
108 extern struct frame
*x_menubar_window_to_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
111 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
113 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
114 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
116 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
118 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
119 #if defined USE_MOTIF
120 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
121 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
122 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
125 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
126 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
127 #define ARROW_SCROLLBAR
128 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ScrollbarP.h>
129 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
130 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
131 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
132 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
134 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
135 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
136 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
137 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
139 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
141 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
142 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
143 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
148 #ifndef XtNinitialState
149 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
153 #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
155 #define BETWEEN(X, LOWER, UPPER) ((X) >= (LOWER) && (X) < (UPPER))
158 /* Fringe bitmaps. */
160 enum fringe_bitmap_type
163 LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP
,
164 RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP
,
165 OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP
,
166 CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP
,
167 CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP
,
171 /* Bitmap drawn to indicate lines not displaying text if
172 `indicate-empty-lines' is non-nil. */
177 static unsigned char zv_bits
[] = {
178 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
179 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
180 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
181 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
182 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
183 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
184 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
185 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00};
187 /* An arrow like this: `<-'. */
190 #define left_height 8
191 static unsigned char left_bits
[] = {
192 0x18, 0x0c, 0x06, 0x3f, 0x3f, 0x06, 0x0c, 0x18};
194 /* Right truncation arrow bitmap `->'. */
196 #define right_width 8
197 #define right_height 8
198 static unsigned char right_bits
[] = {
199 0x18, 0x30, 0x60, 0xfc, 0xfc, 0x60, 0x30, 0x18};
201 /* Marker for continued lines. */
203 #define continued_width 8
204 #define continued_height 8
205 static unsigned char continued_bits
[] = {
206 0x3c, 0x7c, 0xc0, 0xe4, 0xfc, 0x7c, 0x3c, 0x7c};
208 /* Marker for continuation lines. */
210 #define continuation_width 8
211 #define continuation_height 8
212 static unsigned char continuation_bits
[] = {
213 0x3c, 0x3e, 0x03, 0x27, 0x3f, 0x3e, 0x3c, 0x3e};
215 /* Overlay arrow bitmap. */
221 static unsigned char ov_bits
[] = {
222 0x30, 0x08, 0x3c, 0x7e, 0x7a, 0x7a, 0x62, 0x3c};
224 /* A triangular arrow. */
227 static unsigned char ov_bits
[] = {
228 0x03, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x3f, 0x3f, 0x1f, 0x0f, 0x03};
232 extern Lisp_Object Qhelp_echo
;
235 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
237 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
239 /* If a string, XTread_socket generates an event to display that string.
240 (The display is done in read_char.) */
242 static Lisp_Object help_echo
;
243 static Lisp_Object help_echo_window
;
244 static Lisp_Object help_echo_object
;
245 static int help_echo_pos
;
247 /* Temporary variable for XTread_socket. */
249 static Lisp_Object previous_help_echo
;
251 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
254 static int any_help_event_p
;
256 /* Non-zero means autoselect window with the mouse cursor. */
258 int mouse_autoselect_window
;
260 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
261 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
263 /* Non-zero means draw block and hollow cursor as wide as the glyph
264 under it. For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be
265 drawn as wide as that tab on the display. */
267 int x_stretch_cursor_p
;
269 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
271 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
273 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
276 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
278 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
279 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
280 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
281 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
283 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
285 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
286 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
287 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
288 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
290 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
292 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
294 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
297 /* The application context for Xt use. */
298 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
299 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
300 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
302 /* Nominal cursor position -- where to draw output.
303 HPOS and VPOS are window relative glyph matrix coordinates.
304 X and Y are window relative pixel coordinates. */
306 struct cursor_pos output_cursor
;
308 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
310 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
314 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
315 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
316 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
317 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
319 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
321 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
322 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
323 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
324 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
325 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
326 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
327 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
328 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
329 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
332 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
334 FRAME_PTR last_mouse_frame
;
335 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
336 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
338 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
340 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
341 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
344 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
345 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
348 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
350 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
351 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
352 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
353 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
354 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
355 it's somewhat accurate. */
357 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
359 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
363 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
365 static int input_signal_count
;
368 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
370 static int x_noop_count
;
372 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
374 extern char **initial_argv
;
375 extern int initial_argc
;
377 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
379 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
381 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
383 extern Lisp_Object Qface
, Qmouse_face
, Qeql
;
387 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
389 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
391 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
393 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
394 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
395 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
397 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
398 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
, Qutf_8
;
400 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
401 extern Lisp_Object x_icon_type
P_ ((struct frame
*));
404 /* Enumeration for overriding/changing the face to use for drawing
405 glyphs in x_draw_glyphs. */
407 enum draw_glyphs_face
417 static int cursor_in_mouse_face_p
P_ ((struct window
*));
418 static int clear_mouse_face
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
419 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
420 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
421 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
422 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
423 static void frame_to_window_pixel_xy
P_ ((struct window
*, int *, int *));
424 void x_delete_display
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
425 static unsigned int x_x_to_emacs_modifiers
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
427 static int fast_find_position
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int *, int *,
428 int *, int *, Lisp_Object
));
429 static int fast_find_string_pos
P_ ((struct window
*, int, Lisp_Object
,
430 int *, int *, int *, int *, int));
431 static void set_output_cursor
P_ ((struct cursor_pos
*));
432 static struct glyph
*x_y_to_hpos_vpos
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int,
433 int *, int *, int *, int));
434 static void note_mode_line_or_margin_highlight
P_ ((struct window
*, int,
436 static void note_mouse_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int));
437 static void note_tool_bar_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*f
, int, int));
438 static void x_handle_tool_bar_click
P_ ((struct frame
*, XButtonEvent
*));
439 static void show_mouse_face
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
440 enum draw_glyphs_face
));
441 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
442 int x_catch_errors
P_ ((Display
*));
443 void x_uncatch_errors
P_ ((Display
*, int));
444 void x_lower_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
445 void x_scroll_bar_clear
P_ ((struct frame
*));
446 int x_had_errors_p
P_ ((Display
*));
447 void x_wm_set_size_hint
P_ ((struct frame
*, long, int));
448 void x_raise_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
449 void x_set_window_size
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
450 void x_wm_set_window_state
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
451 void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
452 void x_initialize
P_ ((void));
453 static void x_font_min_bounds
P_ ((XFontStruct
*, int *, int *));
454 static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds
P_ ((struct frame
*));
455 static void x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph
P_ ((struct window
*,
457 enum draw_glyphs_face
));
458 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
459 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
460 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
461 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
462 static void XTcursor_to
P_ ((int, int, int, int));
463 static void x_write_glyphs
P_ ((struct glyph
*, int));
464 static void x_clear_end_of_line
P_ ((int));
465 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((void));
466 static void x_clear_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*));
467 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
468 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
469 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
470 static int x_focus_changed
P_ ((int,
472 struct x_display_info
*,
474 struct input_event
*,
476 static int x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
478 struct input_event
*,
480 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
481 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
482 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
483 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
484 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
485 static int x_intersect_rectangles
P_ ((XRectangle
*, XRectangle
*,
487 static void expose_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int));
488 static int expose_window_tree
P_ ((struct window
*, XRectangle
*));
489 static void expose_overlaps
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
490 struct glyph_row
*));
491 static int expose_window
P_ ((struct window
*, XRectangle
*));
492 static void expose_area
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
493 XRectangle
*, enum glyph_row_area
));
494 static int expose_line
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
496 static void x_update_cursor_in_window_tree
P_ ((struct window
*, int));
497 static void x_update_window_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, int));
498 static void x_erase_phys_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*));
499 void x_display_and_set_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int, int, int, int));
500 static void x_draw_fringe_bitmap
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
501 enum fringe_bitmap_type
, int left_p
));
503 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
505 static int x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p
P_ ((struct window
*, XRectangle
*));
506 static void x_draw_row_fringe_bitmaps
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
507 static void notice_overwritten_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, enum glyph_row_area
,
508 int, int, int, int));
509 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
510 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
511 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
512 static void x_draw_vertical_border
P_ ((struct window
*));
513 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
514 static INLINE
void take_vertical_position_into_account
P_ ((struct it
*));
515 static void x_produce_stretch_glyph
P_ ((struct it
*));
516 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Window
));
517 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
518 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
519 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
521 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
522 static void x_check_fullscreen_move
P_ ((struct frame
*));
524 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
533 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
534 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
535 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
537 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
538 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
543 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
544 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
545 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
546 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
547 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
550 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
553 /***********************************************************************
555 ***********************************************************************/
559 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
560 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
568 struct record event_record
[100];
570 int event_record_index
;
572 record_event (locus
, type
)
576 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
577 event_record_index
= 0;
579 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
580 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
581 event_record_index
++;
588 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
590 struct x_display_info
*
591 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
594 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
596 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
597 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
605 /***********************************************************************
606 Starting and ending an update
607 ***********************************************************************/
609 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
610 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
611 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
612 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
613 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
623 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
624 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
628 x_update_window_begin (w
)
631 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
632 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
635 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
639 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
641 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
642 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
644 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
646 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
647 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
649 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
650 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
651 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
652 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
653 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
654 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
656 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
657 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
658 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
659 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
660 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
661 if (!NILP (display_info
->mouse_face_window
)
662 && w
== XWINDOW (display_info
->mouse_face_window
))
666 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
667 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, i
))
670 if (i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
671 clear_mouse_face (display_info
);
680 /* Draw a vertical window border to the right of window W if W doesn't
681 have vertical scroll bars. */
684 x_draw_vertical_border (w
)
687 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
689 /* Redraw borders between horizontally adjacent windows. Don't
690 do it for frames with vertical scroll bars because either the
691 right scroll bar of a window, or the left scroll bar of its
692 neighbor will suffice as a border. */
693 if (!WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
694 && !FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
698 window_box_edges (w
, -1, &x0
, &y0
, &x1
, &y1
);
699 x1
+= FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
);
702 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
703 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x1
, y0
, x1
, y1
);
708 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
710 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
711 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
713 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
714 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
715 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
717 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
718 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
722 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
724 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
726 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
728 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
733 x_display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
735 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
737 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
741 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
742 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
743 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
745 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
746 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
747 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
750 updated_window
= NULL
;
754 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
761 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
762 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
765 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
770 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
771 complete update has been performed. The global variable
772 updated_window is not available here. */
775 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
780 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
782 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
783 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
786 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
787 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
788 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
789 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
790 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
797 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
798 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
799 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
800 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
801 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
802 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
805 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
806 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
808 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
814 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
817 x_draw_row_fringe_bitmaps (w
, desired_row
);
821 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
822 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
823 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
824 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
825 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
826 overhead is very small. */
827 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
828 && desired_row
->full_width_p
829 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
830 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
832 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
835 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
837 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
838 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
839 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
843 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
844 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
845 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
846 f
->output_data
.x
->pixel_width
- width
,
847 y
, width
, height
, False
);
853 /* Draw the bitmap WHICH in one of the left or right fringes of
854 window W. ROW is the glyph row for which to display the bitmap; it
855 determines the vertical position at which the bitmap has to be
859 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, which
, left_p
)
861 struct glyph_row
*row
;
862 enum fringe_bitmap_type which
;
865 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
866 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
867 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
870 unsigned char *bits
= NULL
;
872 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
874 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
876 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
877 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
, 1);
879 /* Convert row to frame coordinates. */
880 y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
884 case NO_FRINGE_BITMAP
:
889 case LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP
:
895 case OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP
:
901 case RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP
:
907 case CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP
:
908 wd
= continued_width
;
909 h
= continued_height
;
910 bits
= continued_bits
;
913 case CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP
:
914 wd
= continuation_width
;
915 h
= continuation_height
;
916 bits
= continuation_bits
;
921 h
= zv_height
- (y
% zv_period
);
922 bits
= zv_bits
+ (y
% zv_period
);
929 /* Clip bitmap if too high. */
933 /* Set dy to the offset in the row to start drawing the bitmap. */
934 dy
= (row
->height
- h
) / 2;
936 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, FRINGE_FACE_ID
);
937 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f
, face
);
939 /* Clear left fringe if no bitmap to draw or if bitmap doesn't fill
944 if (wd
> FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
))
945 wd
= FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
);
946 x
= (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, 0)
948 - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
) - wd
) / 2);
949 if (wd
< FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
) || row
->height
> h
)
951 /* If W has a vertical border to its left, don't draw over it. */
952 int border
= ((XFASTINT (w
->left
) > 0
953 && !FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
955 b1
= (window_box_left (w
, -1)
956 - FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
)
958 b2
= (FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
) - border
);
963 if (wd
> FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
))
964 wd
= FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
);
965 x
= (window_box_right (w
, -1)
966 + (FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
) - wd
) / 2);
967 /* Clear right fringe if no bitmap to draw of if bitmap doesn't fill
969 if (wd
< FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
) || row
->height
> h
)
971 b1
= window_box_right (w
, -1);
972 b2
= FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
);
978 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
980 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
981 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
982 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
983 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
985 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
987 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
989 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
,
991 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
994 row
->visible_height
);
996 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
999 if (which
!= NO_FRINGE_BITMAP
)
1001 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
1003 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, wd
, h
,
1005 face
->background
, depth
);
1006 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0, wd
, h
, x
, y
+ dy
);
1007 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
1010 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
1014 /* Draw fringe bitmaps for glyph row ROW on window W. Call this
1015 function with input blocked. */
1018 x_draw_row_fringe_bitmaps (w
, row
)
1020 struct glyph_row
*row
;
1022 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
1023 enum fringe_bitmap_type bitmap
;
1025 xassert (interrupt_input_blocked
);
1027 /* If row is completely invisible, because of vscrolling, we
1028 don't have to draw anything. */
1029 if (row
->visible_height
<= 0)
1032 if (FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
) != 0)
1034 /* Decide which bitmap to draw in the left fringe. */
1035 if (row
->overlay_arrow_p
)
1036 bitmap
= OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP
;
1037 else if (row
->truncated_on_left_p
)
1038 bitmap
= LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP
;
1039 else if (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row
))
1040 bitmap
= CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP
;
1041 else if (row
->indicate_empty_line_p
)
1042 bitmap
= ZV_LINE_BITMAP
;
1044 bitmap
= NO_FRINGE_BITMAP
;
1046 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, bitmap
, 1);
1049 if (FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
) != 0)
1051 /* Decide which bitmap to draw in the right fringe. */
1052 if (row
->truncated_on_right_p
)
1053 bitmap
= RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP
;
1054 else if (row
->continued_p
)
1055 bitmap
= CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP
;
1056 else if (row
->indicate_empty_line_p
&& FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
) == 0)
1057 bitmap
= ZV_LINE_BITMAP
;
1059 bitmap
= NO_FRINGE_BITMAP
;
1061 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, bitmap
, 0);
1067 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
1068 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
1069 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
1073 XTset_terminal_modes ()
1077 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
1078 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
1081 XTreset_terminal_modes ()
1087 /***********************************************************************
1089 ***********************************************************************/
1091 /* Set the global variable output_cursor to CURSOR. All cursor
1092 positions are relative to updated_window. */
1095 set_output_cursor (cursor
)
1096 struct cursor_pos
*cursor
;
1098 output_cursor
.hpos
= cursor
->hpos
;
1099 output_cursor
.vpos
= cursor
->vpos
;
1100 output_cursor
.x
= cursor
->x
;
1101 output_cursor
.y
= cursor
->y
;
1105 /* Set a nominal cursor position.
1107 HPOS and VPOS are column/row positions in a window glyph matrix. X
1108 and Y are window text area relative pixel positions.
1110 If this is done during an update, updated_window will contain the
1111 window that is being updated and the position is the future output
1112 cursor position for that window. If updated_window is null, use
1113 selected_window and display the cursor at the given position. */
1116 XTcursor_to (vpos
, hpos
, y
, x
)
1117 int vpos
, hpos
, y
, x
;
1121 /* If updated_window is not set, work on selected_window. */
1125 w
= XWINDOW (selected_window
);
1127 /* Set the output cursor. */
1128 output_cursor
.hpos
= hpos
;
1129 output_cursor
.vpos
= vpos
;
1130 output_cursor
.x
= x
;
1131 output_cursor
.y
= y
;
1133 /* If not called as part of an update, really display the cursor.
1134 This will also set the cursor position of W. */
1135 if (updated_window
== NULL
)
1138 x_display_cursor (w
, 1, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
);
1139 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (SELECTED_FRAME ()));
1146 /***********************************************************************
1148 ***********************************************************************/
1150 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
1152 static struct face
*x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding
P_ ((struct frame
*,
1156 static struct face
*x_get_char_face_and_encoding
P_ ((struct frame
*, int,
1157 int, XChar2b
*, int,
1159 static XCharStruct
*x_per_char_metric
P_ ((XFontStruct
*, XChar2b
*));
1160 static void x_encode_char
P_ ((int, XChar2b
*, struct font_info
*));
1161 static void x_append_glyph
P_ ((struct it
*));
1162 static void x_append_composite_glyph
P_ ((struct it
*));
1163 static void x_append_stretch_glyph
P_ ((struct it
*it
, Lisp_Object
,
1165 static void x_produce_glyphs
P_ ((struct it
*));
1166 static void x_produce_image_glyph
P_ ((struct it
*it
));
1169 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is null if CHAR2B
1170 is not contained in the font. */
1172 static INLINE XCharStruct
*
1173 x_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
)
1177 /* The result metric information. */
1178 XCharStruct
*pcm
= NULL
;
1180 xassert (font
&& char2b
);
1182 if (font
->per_char
!= NULL
)
1184 if (font
->min_byte1
== 0 && font
->max_byte1
== 0)
1186 /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index
1187 corresponding to the first element of the per_char array,
1188 max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A
1189 character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font.
1190 A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or
1191 greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */
1192 if (char2b
->byte1
== 0
1193 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
1194 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
1195 pcm
= font
->per_char
+ char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
1199 /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both
1200 min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than
1201 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding
1202 to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:
1204 byte1 = N/D + min_byte1
1205 byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2
1209 D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1
1210 / = integer division
1211 \ = integer modulus */
1212 if (char2b
->byte1
>= font
->min_byte1
1213 && char2b
->byte1
<= font
->max_byte1
1214 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
1215 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
1217 pcm
= (font
->per_char
1218 + ((font
->max_char_or_byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
+ 1)
1219 * (char2b
->byte1
- font
->min_byte1
))
1220 + (char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
));
1226 /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first
1227 and last character indexes inclusive have the same
1228 information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */
1229 if (char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
1230 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
1231 pcm
= &font
->max_bounds
;
1234 return ((pcm
== NULL
1235 || (pcm
->width
== 0 && (pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->lbearing
) == 0))
1240 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
1241 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
1244 x_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
)
1247 struct font_info
*font_info
;
1249 int charset
= CHAR_CHARSET (c
);
1250 XFontStruct
*font
= font_info
->font
;
1252 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
1253 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
1255 if (font_info
->font_encoder
)
1257 /* It's a program. */
1258 struct ccl_program
*ccl
= font_info
->font_encoder
;
1260 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 1)
1262 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
1263 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte2
;
1268 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
1269 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte1
;
1270 ccl
->reg
[2] = char2b
->byte2
;
1273 ccl_driver (ccl
, NULL
, NULL
, 0, 0, NULL
);
1275 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
1277 if (font
->max_byte1
== 0) /* 1-byte font */
1278 char2b
->byte1
= 0, char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[1];
1280 char2b
->byte1
= ccl
->reg
[1], char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[2];
1282 else if (font_info
->encoding
[charset
])
1284 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
1285 encoding numbers. */
1286 int enc
= font_info
->encoding
[charset
];
1288 if ((enc
== 1 || enc
== 2)
1289 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 2)
1290 char2b
->byte1
|= 0x80;
1292 if (enc
== 1 || enc
== 3)
1293 char2b
->byte2
|= 0x80;
1298 /* Get face and two-byte form of character C in face FACE_ID on frame
1299 F. The encoding of C is returned in *CHAR2B. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
1300 means we want to display multibyte text. DISPLAY_P non-zero means
1301 make sure that X resources for the face returned are allocated.
1302 Value is a pointer to a realized face that is ready for display if
1303 DISPLAY_P is non-zero. */
1305 static INLINE
struct face
*
1306 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (f
, c
, face_id
, char2b
, multibyte_p
, display_p
)
1310 int multibyte_p
, display_p
;
1312 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, face_id
);
1316 /* Unibyte case. We don't have to encode, but we have to make
1317 sure to use a face suitable for unibyte. */
1320 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (f
, face
, c
);
1321 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, face_id
);
1323 else if (c
< 128 && face_id
< BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL
)
1325 /* Case of ASCII in a face known to fit ASCII. */
1331 int c1
, c2
, charset
;
1333 /* Split characters into bytes. If c2 is -1 afterwards, C is
1334 really a one-byte character so that byte1 is zero. */
1335 SPLIT_CHAR (c
, charset
, c1
, c2
);
1337 char2b
->byte1
= c1
, char2b
->byte2
= c2
;
1339 char2b
->byte1
= 0, char2b
->byte2
= c1
;
1341 /* Maybe encode the character in *CHAR2B. */
1342 if (face
->font
!= NULL
)
1344 struct font_info
*font_info
1345 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f
, face
->font_info_id
);
1347 x_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
);
1351 /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */
1354 xassert (face
!= NULL
);
1355 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f
, face
);
1362 /* Get face and two-byte form of character glyph GLYPH on frame F.
1363 The encoding of GLYPH->u.ch is returned in *CHAR2B. Value is
1364 a pointer to a realized face that is ready for display. */
1366 static INLINE
struct face
*
1367 x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f
, glyph
, char2b
, two_byte_p
)
1369 struct glyph
*glyph
;
1375 xassert (glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
);
1376 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, glyph
->face_id
);
1381 if (!glyph
->multibyte_p
)
1383 /* Unibyte case. We don't have to encode, but we have to make
1384 sure to use a face suitable for unibyte. */
1386 char2b
->byte2
= glyph
->u
.ch
;
1388 else if (glyph
->u
.ch
< 128
1389 && glyph
->face_id
< BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL
)
1391 /* Case of ASCII in a face known to fit ASCII. */
1393 char2b
->byte2
= glyph
->u
.ch
;
1397 int c1
, c2
, charset
;
1399 /* Split characters into bytes. If c2 is -1 afterwards, C is
1400 really a one-byte character so that byte1 is zero. */
1401 SPLIT_CHAR (glyph
->u
.ch
, charset
, c1
, c2
);
1403 char2b
->byte1
= c1
, char2b
->byte2
= c2
;
1405 char2b
->byte1
= 0, char2b
->byte2
= c1
;
1407 /* Maybe encode the character in *CHAR2B. */
1408 if (charset
!= CHARSET_ASCII
)
1410 struct font_info
*font_info
1411 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f
, face
->font_info_id
);
1414 x_encode_char (glyph
->u
.ch
, char2b
, font_info
);
1417 = ((XFontStruct
*) (font_info
->font
))->max_byte1
> 0;
1422 /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */
1423 xassert (face
!= NULL
);
1424 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f
, face
);
1429 /* Store one glyph for IT->char_to_display in IT->glyph_row.
1430 Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is non-null. */
1436 struct glyph
*glyph
;
1437 enum glyph_row_area area
= it
->area
;
1439 xassert (it
->glyph_row
);
1440 xassert (it
->char_to_display
!= '\n' && it
->char_to_display
!= '\t');
1442 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
] + it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1443 if (glyph
< it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
+ 1])
1445 glyph
->charpos
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
1446 glyph
->object
= it
->object
;
1447 glyph
->pixel_width
= it
->pixel_width
;
1448 glyph
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
1449 glyph
->type
= CHAR_GLYPH
;
1450 glyph
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
1451 glyph
->left_box_line_p
= it
->start_of_box_run_p
;
1452 glyph
->right_box_line_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
;
1453 glyph
->overlaps_vertically_p
= (it
->phys_ascent
> it
->ascent
1454 || it
->phys_descent
> it
->descent
);
1455 glyph
->padding_p
= 0;
1456 glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
= it
->glyph_not_available_p
;
1457 glyph
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
1458 glyph
->u
.ch
= it
->char_to_display
;
1459 ++it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1463 /* Store one glyph for the composition IT->cmp_id in IT->glyph_row.
1464 Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is non-null. */
1467 x_append_composite_glyph (it
)
1470 struct glyph
*glyph
;
1471 enum glyph_row_area area
= it
->area
;
1473 xassert (it
->glyph_row
);
1475 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
] + it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1476 if (glyph
< it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
+ 1])
1478 glyph
->charpos
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
1479 glyph
->object
= it
->object
;
1480 glyph
->pixel_width
= it
->pixel_width
;
1481 glyph
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
1482 glyph
->type
= COMPOSITE_GLYPH
;
1483 glyph
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
1484 glyph
->left_box_line_p
= it
->start_of_box_run_p
;
1485 glyph
->right_box_line_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
;
1486 glyph
->overlaps_vertically_p
= (it
->phys_ascent
> it
->ascent
1487 || it
->phys_descent
> it
->descent
);
1488 glyph
->padding_p
= 0;
1489 glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
= 0;
1490 glyph
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
1491 glyph
->u
.cmp_id
= it
->cmp_id
;
1492 ++it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1497 /* Change IT->ascent and IT->height according to the setting of
1501 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
)
1506 if (it
->voffset
< 0)
1507 /* Increase the ascent so that we can display the text higher
1509 it
->ascent
+= abs (it
->voffset
);
1511 /* Increase the descent so that we can display the text lower
1513 it
->descent
+= it
->voffset
;
1518 /* Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the image IT is loaded with.
1519 See the description of struct display_iterator in dispextern.h for
1520 an overview of struct display_iterator. */
1523 x_produce_image_glyph (it
)
1529 xassert (it
->what
== IT_IMAGE
);
1531 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
1532 img
= IMAGE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->image_id
);
1535 /* Make sure X resources of the face and image are loaded. */
1536 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it
->f
, face
);
1537 prepare_image_for_display (it
->f
, img
);
1539 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= image_ascent (img
, face
);
1540 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= img
->height
+ 2 * img
->vmargin
- it
->ascent
;
1541 it
->pixel_width
= img
->width
+ 2 * img
->hmargin
;
1545 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
1547 if (face
->box_line_width
> 0)
1549 it
->ascent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
1550 it
->descent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
1553 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
1554 it
->pixel_width
+= abs (face
->box_line_width
);
1555 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
1556 it
->pixel_width
+= abs (face
->box_line_width
);
1559 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
1563 struct glyph
*glyph
;
1564 enum glyph_row_area area
= it
->area
;
1566 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
] + it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1567 if (glyph
< it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
+ 1])
1569 glyph
->charpos
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
1570 glyph
->object
= it
->object
;
1571 glyph
->pixel_width
= it
->pixel_width
;
1572 glyph
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
1573 glyph
->type
= IMAGE_GLYPH
;
1574 glyph
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
1575 glyph
->left_box_line_p
= it
->start_of_box_run_p
;
1576 glyph
->right_box_line_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
;
1577 glyph
->overlaps_vertically_p
= 0;
1578 glyph
->padding_p
= 0;
1579 glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
= 0;
1580 glyph
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
1581 glyph
->u
.img_id
= img
->id
;
1582 ++it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1588 /* Append a stretch glyph to IT->glyph_row. OBJECT is the source
1589 of the glyph, WIDTH and HEIGHT are the width and height of the
1590 stretch. ASCENT is the percentage/100 of HEIGHT to use for the
1591 ascent of the glyph (0 <= ASCENT <= 1). */
1594 x_append_stretch_glyph (it
, object
, width
, height
, ascent
)
1600 struct glyph
*glyph
;
1601 enum glyph_row_area area
= it
->area
;
1603 xassert (ascent
>= 0 && ascent
<= 1);
1605 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
] + it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1606 if (glyph
< it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
+ 1])
1608 glyph
->charpos
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
1609 glyph
->object
= object
;
1610 glyph
->pixel_width
= width
;
1611 glyph
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
1612 glyph
->type
= STRETCH_GLYPH
;
1613 glyph
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
1614 glyph
->left_box_line_p
= it
->start_of_box_run_p
;
1615 glyph
->right_box_line_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
;
1616 glyph
->overlaps_vertically_p
= 0;
1617 glyph
->padding_p
= 0;
1618 glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
= 0;
1619 glyph
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
1620 glyph
->u
.stretch
.ascent
= height
* ascent
;
1621 glyph
->u
.stretch
.height
= height
;
1622 ++it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1627 /* Produce a stretch glyph for iterator IT. IT->object is the value
1628 of the glyph property displayed. The value must be a list
1629 `(space KEYWORD VALUE ...)' with the following KEYWORD/VALUE pairs
1632 1. `:width WIDTH' specifies that the space should be WIDTH *
1633 canonical char width wide. WIDTH may be an integer or floating
1636 2. `:relative-width FACTOR' specifies that the width of the stretch
1637 should be computed from the width of the first character having the
1638 `glyph' property, and should be FACTOR times that width.
1640 3. `:align-to HPOS' specifies that the space should be wide enough
1641 to reach HPOS, a value in canonical character units.
1643 Exactly one of the above pairs must be present.
1645 4. `:height HEIGHT' specifies that the height of the stretch produced
1646 should be HEIGHT, measured in canonical character units.
1648 5. `:relative-height FACTOR' specifies that the height of the
1649 stretch should be FACTOR times the height of the characters having
1652 Either none or exactly one of 4 or 5 must be present.
1654 6. `:ascent ASCENT' specifies that ASCENT percent of the height
1655 of the stretch should be used for the ascent of the stretch.
1656 ASCENT must be in the range 0 <= ASCENT <= 100. */
1659 ((INTEGERP (X) || FLOATP (X)) \
1665 x_produce_stretch_glyph (it
)
1668 /* (space :width WIDTH :height HEIGHT. */
1670 extern Lisp_Object Qspace
;
1672 extern Lisp_Object QCwidth
, QCheight
, QCascent
;
1673 extern Lisp_Object QCrelative_width
, QCrelative_height
;
1674 extern Lisp_Object QCalign_to
;
1675 Lisp_Object prop
, plist
;
1676 double width
= 0, height
= 0, ascent
= 0;
1677 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
1678 XFontStruct
*font
= face
->font
? face
->font
: FRAME_FONT (it
->f
);
1680 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it
->f
, face
);
1682 /* List should start with `space'. */
1683 xassert (CONSP (it
->object
) && EQ (XCAR (it
->object
), Qspace
));
1684 plist
= XCDR (it
->object
);
1686 /* Compute the width of the stretch. */
1687 if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCwidth
),
1689 /* Absolute width `:width WIDTH' specified and valid. */
1690 width
= NUMVAL (prop
) * CANON_X_UNIT (it
->f
);
1691 else if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCrelative_width
),
1694 /* Relative width `:relative-width FACTOR' specified and valid.
1695 Compute the width of the characters having the `glyph'
1698 unsigned char *p
= BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
));
1701 if (it
->multibyte_p
)
1703 int maxlen
= ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) >= GPT
? ZV
: GPT
)
1704 - IT_BYTEPOS (*it
));
1705 it2
.c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (p
, maxlen
, it2
.len
);
1708 it2
.c
= *p
, it2
.len
= 1;
1710 it2
.glyph_row
= NULL
;
1711 it2
.what
= IT_CHARACTER
;
1712 x_produce_glyphs (&it2
);
1713 width
= NUMVAL (prop
) * it2
.pixel_width
;
1715 else if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCalign_to
),
1717 width
= NUMVAL (prop
) * CANON_X_UNIT (it
->f
) - it
->current_x
;
1719 /* Nothing specified -> width defaults to canonical char width. */
1720 width
= CANON_X_UNIT (it
->f
);
1722 /* Compute height. */
1723 if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCheight
),
1725 height
= NUMVAL (prop
) * CANON_Y_UNIT (it
->f
);
1726 else if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCrelative_height
),
1728 height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
) * NUMVAL (prop
);
1730 height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
1732 /* Compute percentage of height used for ascent. If
1733 `:ascent ASCENT' is present and valid, use that. Otherwise,
1734 derive the ascent from the font in use. */
1735 if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCascent
),
1736 NUMVAL (prop
) > 0 && NUMVAL (prop
) <= 100)
1737 ascent
= NUMVAL (prop
) / 100.0;
1739 ascent
= (double) font
->ascent
/ FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
1748 Lisp_Object object
= it
->stack
[it
->sp
- 1].string
;
1749 if (!STRINGP (object
))
1750 object
= it
->w
->buffer
;
1751 x_append_stretch_glyph (it
, object
, width
, height
, ascent
);
1754 it
->pixel_width
= width
;
1755 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= height
* ascent
;
1756 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= height
- it
->ascent
;
1759 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
1761 if (face
->box_line_width
> 0)
1763 it
->ascent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
1764 it
->descent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
1767 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
1768 it
->pixel_width
+= abs (face
->box_line_width
);
1769 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
1770 it
->pixel_width
+= abs (face
->box_line_width
);
1773 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
1776 /* Return proper value to be used as baseline offset of font that has
1777 ASCENT and DESCENT to draw characters by the font at the vertical
1778 center of the line of frame F.
1780 Here, out task is to find the value of BOFF in the following figure;
1782 -------------------------+-----------+-
1783 -+-+---------+-+ | |
1785 | | | | F_ASCENT F_HEIGHT
1788 | | |-|-+------+-----------|------- baseline
1790 | |---------|-+-+ | |
1792 -+-+---------+-+ F_DESCENT |
1793 -------------------------+-----------+-
1795 -BOFF + DESCENT + (F_HEIGHT - HEIGHT) / 2 = F_DESCENT
1796 BOFF = DESCENT + (F_HEIGHT - HEIGHT) / 2 - F_DESCENT
1797 DESCENT = FONT->descent
1798 HEIGHT = FONT_HEIGHT (FONT)
1799 F_DESCENT = (F->output_data.x->font->descent
1800 - F->output_data.x->baseline_offset)
1801 F_HEIGHT = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (F)
1804 #define VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET(FONT, F) \
1806 + (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT ((F)) - FONT_HEIGHT ((FONT)) \
1807 + (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT ((F)) > FONT_HEIGHT ((FONT)))) / 2 \
1808 - ((F)->output_data.x->font->descent - (F)->output_data.x->baseline_offset))
1810 /* Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the display element IT is
1811 loaded with. See the description of struct display_iterator in
1812 dispextern.h for an overview of struct display_iterator. */
1815 x_produce_glyphs (it
)
1818 it
->glyph_not_available_p
= 0;
1820 if (it
->what
== IT_CHARACTER
)
1824 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
1826 int font_not_found_p
;
1827 struct font_info
*font_info
;
1828 int boff
; /* baseline offset */
1829 /* We may change it->multibyte_p upon unibyte<->multibyte
1830 conversion. So, save the current value now and restore it
1833 Note: It seems that we don't have to record multibyte_p in
1834 struct glyph because the character code itself tells if or
1835 not the character is multibyte. Thus, in the future, we must
1836 consider eliminating the field `multibyte_p' in the struct
1838 int saved_multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
1840 /* Maybe translate single-byte characters to multibyte, or the
1842 it
->char_to_display
= it
->c
;
1843 if (!ASCII_BYTE_P (it
->c
))
1845 if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment
1846 && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it
->c
)
1848 || !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table
)))
1850 it
->char_to_display
= unibyte_char_to_multibyte (it
->c
);
1851 it
->multibyte_p
= 1;
1852 it
->face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, it
->char_to_display
);
1853 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
1855 else if (!SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it
->c
)
1856 && !it
->multibyte_p
)
1858 it
->multibyte_p
= 1;
1859 it
->face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, it
->char_to_display
);
1860 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
1864 /* Get font to use. Encode IT->char_to_display. */
1865 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it
->f
, it
->char_to_display
,
1866 it
->face_id
, &char2b
,
1867 it
->multibyte_p
, 0);
1870 /* When no suitable font found, use the default font. */
1871 font_not_found_p
= font
== NULL
;
1872 if (font_not_found_p
)
1874 font
= FRAME_FONT (it
->f
);
1875 boff
= it
->f
->output_data
.x
->baseline_offset
;
1880 font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face
->font_info_id
);
1881 boff
= font_info
->baseline_offset
;
1882 if (font_info
->vertical_centering
)
1883 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, it
->f
) - boff
;
1886 if (it
->char_to_display
>= ' '
1887 && (!it
->multibyte_p
|| it
->char_to_display
< 128))
1889 /* Either unibyte or ASCII. */
1894 pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
);
1895 it
->ascent
= font
->ascent
+ boff
;
1896 it
->descent
= font
->descent
- boff
;
1900 it
->phys_ascent
= pcm
->ascent
+ boff
;
1901 it
->phys_descent
= pcm
->descent
- boff
;
1902 it
->pixel_width
= pcm
->width
;
1906 it
->glyph_not_available_p
= 1;
1907 it
->phys_ascent
= font
->ascent
+ boff
;
1908 it
->phys_descent
= font
->descent
- boff
;
1909 it
->pixel_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
1912 /* If this is a space inside a region of text with
1913 `space-width' property, change its width. */
1914 stretched_p
= it
->char_to_display
== ' ' && !NILP (it
->space_width
);
1916 it
->pixel_width
*= XFLOATINT (it
->space_width
);
1918 /* If face has a box, add the box thickness to the character
1919 height. If character has a box line to the left and/or
1920 right, add the box line width to the character's width. */
1921 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
1923 int thick
= face
->box_line_width
;
1927 it
->ascent
+= thick
;
1928 it
->descent
+= thick
;
1933 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
1934 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
1935 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
1936 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
1939 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
1940 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
1941 if (face
->overline_p
)
1944 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
1946 /* If we have to actually produce glyphs, do it. */
1951 /* Translate a space with a `space-width' property
1952 into a stretch glyph. */
1953 double ascent
= (double) font
->ascent
/ FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
1954 x_append_stretch_glyph (it
, it
->object
, it
->pixel_width
,
1955 it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
, ascent
);
1958 x_append_glyph (it
);
1960 /* If characters with lbearing or rbearing are displayed
1961 in this line, record that fact in a flag of the
1962 glyph row. This is used to optimize X output code. */
1963 if (pcm
&& (pcm
->lbearing
< 0 || pcm
->rbearing
> pcm
->width
))
1964 it
->glyph_row
->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p
= 1;
1967 else if (it
->char_to_display
== '\n')
1969 /* A newline has no width but we need the height of the line. */
1970 it
->pixel_width
= 0;
1972 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= font
->ascent
+ boff
;
1973 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= font
->descent
- boff
;
1975 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1976 && face
->box_line_width
> 0)
1978 it
->ascent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
1979 it
->descent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
1982 else if (it
->char_to_display
== '\t')
1984 int tab_width
= it
->tab_width
* CANON_X_UNIT (it
->f
);
1985 int x
= it
->current_x
+ it
->continuation_lines_width
;
1986 int next_tab_x
= ((1 + x
+ tab_width
- 1) / tab_width
) * tab_width
;
1988 /* If the distance from the current position to the next tab
1989 stop is less than a canonical character width, use the
1990 tab stop after that. */
1991 if (next_tab_x
- x
< CANON_X_UNIT (it
->f
))
1992 next_tab_x
+= tab_width
;
1994 it
->pixel_width
= next_tab_x
- x
;
1996 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= font
->ascent
+ boff
;
1997 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= font
->descent
- boff
;
2001 double ascent
= (double) it
->ascent
/ (it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
);
2002 x_append_stretch_glyph (it
, it
->object
, it
->pixel_width
,
2003 it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
, ascent
);
2008 /* A multi-byte character. Assume that the display width of the
2009 character is the width of the character multiplied by the
2010 width of the font. */
2012 /* If we found a font, this font should give us the right
2013 metrics. If we didn't find a font, use the frame's
2014 default font and calculate the width of the character
2015 from the charset width; this is what old redisplay code
2017 pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
);
2018 if (font_not_found_p
|| !pcm
)
2020 int charset
= CHAR_CHARSET (it
->char_to_display
);
2022 it
->glyph_not_available_p
= 1;
2023 it
->pixel_width
= (FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (it
->f
))
2024 * CHARSET_WIDTH (charset
));
2025 it
->phys_ascent
= font
->ascent
+ boff
;
2026 it
->phys_descent
= font
->descent
- boff
;
2030 it
->pixel_width
= pcm
->width
;
2031 it
->phys_ascent
= pcm
->ascent
+ boff
;
2032 it
->phys_descent
= pcm
->descent
- boff
;
2034 && (pcm
->lbearing
< 0
2035 || pcm
->rbearing
> pcm
->width
))
2036 it
->glyph_row
->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p
= 1;
2039 it
->ascent
= font
->ascent
+ boff
;
2040 it
->descent
= font
->descent
- boff
;
2041 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2043 int thick
= face
->box_line_width
;
2047 it
->ascent
+= thick
;
2048 it
->descent
+= thick
;
2053 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
2054 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
2055 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
2056 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
2059 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
2060 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
2061 if (face
->overline_p
)
2064 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
2067 x_append_glyph (it
);
2069 it
->multibyte_p
= saved_multibyte_p
;
2071 else if (it
->what
== IT_COMPOSITION
)
2073 /* Note: A composition is represented as one glyph in the
2074 glyph matrix. There are no padding glyphs. */
2077 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
2079 int font_not_found_p
;
2080 struct font_info
*font_info
;
2081 int boff
; /* baseline offset */
2082 struct composition
*cmp
= composition_table
[it
->cmp_id
];
2084 /* Maybe translate single-byte characters to multibyte. */
2085 it
->char_to_display
= it
->c
;
2086 if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment
2087 && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it
->c
)
2090 && !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table
))))
2092 it
->char_to_display
= unibyte_char_to_multibyte (it
->c
);
2095 /* Get face and font to use. Encode IT->char_to_display. */
2096 it
->face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, it
->char_to_display
);
2097 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
2098 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it
->f
, it
->char_to_display
,
2099 it
->face_id
, &char2b
, it
->multibyte_p
, 0);
2102 /* When no suitable font found, use the default font. */
2103 font_not_found_p
= font
== NULL
;
2104 if (font_not_found_p
)
2106 font
= FRAME_FONT (it
->f
);
2107 boff
= it
->f
->output_data
.x
->baseline_offset
;
2112 font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face
->font_info_id
);
2113 boff
= font_info
->baseline_offset
;
2114 if (font_info
->vertical_centering
)
2115 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, it
->f
) - boff
;
2118 /* There are no padding glyphs, so there is only one glyph to
2119 produce for the composition. Important is that pixel_width,
2120 ascent and descent are the values of what is drawn by
2121 draw_glyphs (i.e. the values of the overall glyphs composed). */
2124 /* If we have not yet calculated pixel size data of glyphs of
2125 the composition for the current face font, calculate them
2126 now. Theoretically, we have to check all fonts for the
2127 glyphs, but that requires much time and memory space. So,
2128 here we check only the font of the first glyph. This leads
2129 to incorrect display very rarely, and C-l (recenter) can
2130 correct the display anyway. */
2131 if (cmp
->font
!= (void *) font
)
2133 /* Ascent and descent of the font of the first character of
2134 this composition (adjusted by baseline offset). Ascent
2135 and descent of overall glyphs should not be less than
2136 them respectively. */
2137 int font_ascent
= font
->ascent
+ boff
;
2138 int font_descent
= font
->descent
- boff
;
2139 /* Bounding box of the overall glyphs. */
2140 int leftmost
, rightmost
, lowest
, highest
;
2141 int i
, width
, ascent
, descent
;
2143 cmp
->font
= (void *) font
;
2145 /* Initialize the bounding box. */
2147 && (pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
)))
2150 ascent
= pcm
->ascent
;
2151 descent
= pcm
->descent
;
2155 width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
2156 ascent
= font
->ascent
;
2157 descent
= font
->descent
;
2161 lowest
= - descent
+ boff
;
2162 highest
= ascent
+ boff
;
2166 && font_info
->default_ascent
2167 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vuse_default_ascent
)
2168 && !NILP (Faref (Vuse_default_ascent
,
2169 make_number (it
->char_to_display
))))
2170 highest
= font_info
->default_ascent
+ boff
;
2172 /* Draw the first glyph at the normal position. It may be
2173 shifted to right later if some other glyphs are drawn at
2175 cmp
->offsets
[0] = 0;
2176 cmp
->offsets
[1] = boff
;
2178 /* Set cmp->offsets for the remaining glyphs. */
2179 for (i
= 1; i
< cmp
->glyph_len
; i
++)
2181 int left
, right
, btm
, top
;
2182 int ch
= COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp
, i
);
2183 int face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, ch
);
2185 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face_id
);
2186 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it
->f
, ch
, face
->id
, &char2b
,
2187 it
->multibyte_p
, 0);
2191 font
= FRAME_FONT (it
->f
);
2192 boff
= it
->f
->output_data
.x
->baseline_offset
;
2198 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face
->font_info_id
);
2199 boff
= font_info
->baseline_offset
;
2200 if (font_info
->vertical_centering
)
2201 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, it
->f
) - boff
;
2205 && (pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
)))
2208 ascent
= pcm
->ascent
;
2209 descent
= pcm
->descent
;
2213 width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
2218 if (cmp
->method
!= COMPOSITION_WITH_RULE_ALTCHARS
)
2220 /* Relative composition with or without
2222 left
= (leftmost
+ rightmost
- width
) / 2;
2223 btm
= - descent
+ boff
;
2224 if (font_info
&& font_info
->relative_compose
2225 && (! CHAR_TABLE_P (Vignore_relative_composition
)
2226 || NILP (Faref (Vignore_relative_composition
,
2227 make_number (ch
)))))
2230 if (- descent
>= font_info
->relative_compose
)
2231 /* One extra pixel between two glyphs. */
2233 else if (ascent
<= 0)
2234 /* One extra pixel between two glyphs. */
2235 btm
= lowest
- 1 - ascent
- descent
;
2240 /* A composition rule is specified by an integer
2241 value that encodes global and new reference
2242 points (GREF and NREF). GREF and NREF are
2243 specified by numbers as below:
2251 ---3---4---5--- baseline
2253 6---7---8 -- descent
2255 int rule
= COMPOSITION_RULE (cmp
, i
);
2256 int gref
, nref
, grefx
, grefy
, nrefx
, nrefy
;
2258 COMPOSITION_DECODE_RULE (rule
, gref
, nref
);
2259 grefx
= gref
% 3, nrefx
= nref
% 3;
2260 grefy
= gref
/ 3, nrefy
= nref
/ 3;
2263 + grefx
* (rightmost
- leftmost
) / 2
2264 - nrefx
* width
/ 2);
2265 btm
= ((grefy
== 0 ? highest
2267 : grefy
== 2 ? lowest
2268 : (highest
+ lowest
) / 2)
2269 - (nrefy
== 0 ? ascent
+ descent
2270 : nrefy
== 1 ? descent
- boff
2272 : (ascent
+ descent
) / 2));
2275 cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2] = left
;
2276 cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2 + 1] = btm
+ descent
;
2278 /* Update the bounding box of the overall glyphs. */
2279 right
= left
+ width
;
2280 top
= btm
+ descent
+ ascent
;
2281 if (left
< leftmost
)
2283 if (right
> rightmost
)
2291 /* If there are glyphs whose x-offsets are negative,
2292 shift all glyphs to the right and make all x-offsets
2296 for (i
= 0; i
< cmp
->glyph_len
; i
++)
2297 cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2] -= leftmost
;
2298 rightmost
-= leftmost
;
2301 cmp
->pixel_width
= rightmost
;
2302 cmp
->ascent
= highest
;
2303 cmp
->descent
= - lowest
;
2304 if (cmp
->ascent
< font_ascent
)
2305 cmp
->ascent
= font_ascent
;
2306 if (cmp
->descent
< font_descent
)
2307 cmp
->descent
= font_descent
;
2310 it
->pixel_width
= cmp
->pixel_width
;
2311 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= cmp
->ascent
;
2312 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= cmp
->descent
;
2314 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2316 int thick
= face
->box_line_width
;
2320 it
->ascent
+= thick
;
2321 it
->descent
+= thick
;
2326 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
2327 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
2328 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
2329 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
2332 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
2333 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
2334 if (face
->overline_p
)
2337 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
2340 x_append_composite_glyph (it
);
2342 else if (it
->what
== IT_IMAGE
)
2343 x_produce_image_glyph (it
);
2344 else if (it
->what
== IT_STRETCH
)
2345 x_produce_stretch_glyph (it
);
2347 /* Accumulate dimensions. Note: can't assume that it->descent > 0
2348 because this isn't true for images with `:ascent 100'. */
2349 xassert (it
->ascent
>= 0 && it
->descent
>= 0);
2350 if (it
->area
== TEXT_AREA
)
2351 it
->current_x
+= it
->pixel_width
;
2353 it
->descent
+= it
->extra_line_spacing
;
2355 it
->max_ascent
= max (it
->max_ascent
, it
->ascent
);
2356 it
->max_descent
= max (it
->max_descent
, it
->descent
);
2357 it
->max_phys_ascent
= max (it
->max_phys_ascent
, it
->phys_ascent
);
2358 it
->max_phys_descent
= max (it
->max_phys_descent
, it
->phys_descent
);
2362 /* Estimate the pixel height of the mode or top line on frame F.
2363 FACE_ID specifies what line's height to estimate. */
2366 x_estimate_mode_line_height (f
, face_id
)
2368 enum face_id face_id
;
2370 int height
= FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f
));
2372 /* This function is called so early when Emacs starts that the face
2373 cache and mode line face are not yet initialized. */
2374 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
2376 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, face_id
);
2380 height
= FONT_HEIGHT (face
->font
);
2381 if (face
->box_line_width
> 0)
2382 height
+= 2 * face
->box_line_width
;
2390 /***********************************************************************
2392 ***********************************************************************/
2394 /* A sequence of glyphs to be drawn in the same face.
2396 This data structure is not really completely X specific, so it
2397 could possibly, at least partially, be useful for other systems. It
2398 is currently not part of the external redisplay interface because
2399 it's not clear what other systems will need. */
2403 /* X-origin of the string. */
2406 /* Y-origin and y-position of the base line of this string. */
2409 /* The width of the string, not including a face extension. */
2412 /* The width of the string, including a face extension. */
2413 int background_width
;
2415 /* The height of this string. This is the height of the line this
2416 string is drawn in, and can be different from the height of the
2417 font the string is drawn in. */
2420 /* Number of pixels this string overwrites in front of its x-origin.
2421 This number is zero if the string has an lbearing >= 0; it is
2422 -lbearing, if the string has an lbearing < 0. */
2425 /* Number of pixels this string overwrites past its right-most
2426 nominal x-position, i.e. x + width. Zero if the string's
2427 rbearing is <= its nominal width, rbearing - width otherwise. */
2430 /* The frame on which the glyph string is drawn. */
2433 /* The window on which the glyph string is drawn. */
2436 /* X display and window for convenience. */
2440 /* The glyph row for which this string was built. It determines the
2441 y-origin and height of the string. */
2442 struct glyph_row
*row
;
2444 /* The area within row. */
2445 enum glyph_row_area area
;
2447 /* Characters to be drawn, and number of characters. */
2451 /* A face-override for drawing cursors, mouse face and similar. */
2452 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
;
2454 /* Face in which this string is to be drawn. */
2457 /* Font in which this string is to be drawn. */
2460 /* Font info for this string. */
2461 struct font_info
*font_info
;
2463 /* Non-null means this string describes (part of) a composition.
2464 All characters from char2b are drawn composed. */
2465 struct composition
*cmp
;
2467 /* Index of this glyph string's first character in the glyph
2468 definition of CMP. If this is zero, this glyph string describes
2469 the first character of a composition. */
2472 /* 1 means this glyph strings face has to be drawn to the right end
2473 of the window's drawing area. */
2474 unsigned extends_to_end_of_line_p
: 1;
2476 /* 1 means the background of this string has been drawn. */
2477 unsigned background_filled_p
: 1;
2479 /* 1 means glyph string must be drawn with 16-bit functions. */
2480 unsigned two_byte_p
: 1;
2482 /* 1 means that the original font determined for drawing this glyph
2483 string could not be loaded. The member `font' has been set to
2484 the frame's default font in this case. */
2485 unsigned font_not_found_p
: 1;
2487 /* 1 means that the face in which this glyph string is drawn has a
2489 unsigned stippled_p
: 1;
2491 /* 1 means only the foreground of this glyph string must be drawn,
2492 and we should use the physical height of the line this glyph
2493 string appears in as clip rect. */
2494 unsigned for_overlaps_p
: 1;
2496 /* The GC to use for drawing this glyph string. */
2499 /* A pointer to the first glyph in the string. This glyph
2500 corresponds to char2b[0]. Needed to draw rectangles if
2501 font_not_found_p is 1. */
2502 struct glyph
*first_glyph
;
2504 /* Image, if any. */
2507 struct glyph_string
*next
, *prev
;
2514 x_dump_glyph_string (s
)
2515 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2517 fprintf (stderr
, "glyph string\n");
2518 fprintf (stderr
, " x, y, w, h = %d, %d, %d, %d\n",
2519 s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->width
, s
->height
);
2520 fprintf (stderr
, " ybase = %d\n", s
->ybase
);
2521 fprintf (stderr
, " hl = %d\n", s
->hl
);
2522 fprintf (stderr
, " left overhang = %d, right = %d\n",
2523 s
->left_overhang
, s
->right_overhang
);
2524 fprintf (stderr
, " nchars = %d\n", s
->nchars
);
2525 fprintf (stderr
, " extends to end of line = %d\n",
2526 s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
);
2527 fprintf (stderr
, " font height = %d\n", FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
));
2528 fprintf (stderr
, " bg width = %d\n", s
->background_width
);
2531 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
2535 static void x_append_glyph_string_lists
P_ ((struct glyph_string
**,
2536 struct glyph_string
**,
2537 struct glyph_string
*,
2538 struct glyph_string
*));
2539 static void x_prepend_glyph_string_lists
P_ ((struct glyph_string
**,
2540 struct glyph_string
**,
2541 struct glyph_string
*,
2542 struct glyph_string
*));
2543 static void x_append_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
**,
2544 struct glyph_string
**,
2545 struct glyph_string
*));
2546 static int x_left_overwritten
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2547 static int x_left_overwriting
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2548 static int x_right_overwritten
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2549 static int x_right_overwriting
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2550 static int x_fill_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int,
2552 static void x_init_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
2553 XChar2b
*, struct window
*,
2555 enum glyph_row_area
, int,
2556 enum draw_glyphs_face
));
2557 static int x_draw_glyphs
P_ ((struct window
*, int , struct glyph_row
*,
2558 enum glyph_row_area
, int, int,
2559 enum draw_glyphs_face
, int));
2560 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2561 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2562 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
2564 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2565 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2566 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2567 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2568 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2569 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2570 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2571 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2572 static void x_get_glyph_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph
*, struct frame
*,
2574 static void x_compute_overhangs_and_x
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int));
2575 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
2576 unsigned long *, double, int));
2577 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
2578 double, int, unsigned long));
2579 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2580 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2581 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2582 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2583 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
2584 static void x_fill_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2585 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
2587 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
2588 int, int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
2589 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
2590 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
2591 static void x_fix_overlapping_area
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
2592 enum glyph_row_area
));
2593 static int x_fill_stretch_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
2595 enum glyph_row_area
, int, int));
2598 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, XFontStruct
*));
2602 /* Append the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the list
2603 with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the result. */
2606 x_append_glyph_string_lists (head
, tail
, h
, t
)
2607 struct glyph_string
**head
, **tail
;
2608 struct glyph_string
*h
, *t
;
2622 /* Prepend the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the
2623 list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the
2627 x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (head
, tail
, h
, t
)
2628 struct glyph_string
**head
, **tail
;
2629 struct glyph_string
*h
, *t
;
2643 /* Append glyph string S to the list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL.
2644 Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the resulting list. */
2647 x_append_glyph_string (head
, tail
, s
)
2648 struct glyph_string
**head
, **tail
;
2649 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2651 s
->next
= s
->prev
= NULL
;
2652 x_append_glyph_string_lists (head
, tail
, s
, s
);
2656 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
2661 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2663 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
2664 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
2665 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
2667 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
2670 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
2674 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
2675 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
2677 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
2678 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
2679 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
2680 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
2681 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
2682 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
2683 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
2685 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
2686 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
2687 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
2689 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
2690 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
2693 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
2694 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
2695 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
2696 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
2698 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
2699 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
2702 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
2703 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2705 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
2710 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
2713 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
2714 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2719 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
2720 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
2721 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
2723 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
2725 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2726 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
);
2728 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0);
2729 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
2730 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
2732 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
2733 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
2734 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
2737 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
2742 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
2743 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
2744 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
2745 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
2746 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
2747 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
2749 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
2750 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
2753 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
2754 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2756 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
2759 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
2763 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
2764 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
2765 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
2768 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
2769 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2771 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
2775 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
2776 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
2780 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
2781 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2783 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
2785 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
2787 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
2788 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2790 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
2792 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
2793 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2795 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2797 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
2800 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
2802 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2803 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2805 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2806 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2808 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
2809 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2813 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
2814 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2817 /* GC must have been set. */
2818 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
2822 /* Return in *R the clipping rectangle for glyph string S. */
2825 x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, r
)
2826 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2829 if (s
->row
->full_width_p
)
2831 /* Draw full-width. X coordinates are relative to S->w->left. */
2832 int canon_x
= CANON_X_UNIT (s
->f
);
2834 r
->x
= WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (s
->w
) * canon_x
;
2835 r
->width
= XFASTINT (s
->w
->width
) * canon_x
;
2837 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (s
->f
))
2839 int width
= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (s
->f
) * canon_x
;
2840 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_LEFT (s
->f
))
2844 r
->x
+= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (s
->f
);
2846 /* Unless displaying a mode or menu bar line, which are always
2847 fully visible, clip to the visible part of the row. */
2848 if (s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2849 r
->height
= s
->row
->visible_height
;
2851 r
->height
= s
->height
;
2855 /* This is a text line that may be partially visible. */
2856 r
->x
= WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (s
->w
, s
->area
, 0);
2857 r
->width
= window_box_width (s
->w
, s
->area
);
2858 r
->height
= s
->row
->visible_height
;
2861 /* If S draws overlapping rows, it's sufficient to use the top and
2862 bottom of the window for clipping because this glyph string
2863 intentionally draws over other lines. */
2864 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2866 r
->y
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (s
->w
);
2867 r
->height
= window_text_bottom_y (s
->w
) - r
->y
;
2871 /* Don't use S->y for clipping because it doesn't take partially
2872 visible lines into account. For example, it can be negative for
2873 partially visible lines at the top of a window. */
2874 if (!s
->row
->full_width_p
2875 && MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (s
->w
, s
->row
))
2876 r
->y
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (s
->w
);
2878 r
->y
= max (0, s
->row
->y
);
2880 /* If drawing a tool-bar window, draw it over the internal border
2881 at the top of the window. */
2882 if (s
->w
== XWINDOW (s
->f
->tool_bar_window
))
2883 r
->y
-= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->internal_border_width
;
2886 r
->y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (s
->w
, r
->y
);
2890 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
2891 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
2894 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
2895 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2898 x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2899 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2903 /* Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph
2904 string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */
2907 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
2908 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2911 && s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2914 int direction
, font_ascent
, font_descent
;
2915 XTextExtents16 (s
->font
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
, &direction
,
2916 &font_ascent
, &font_descent
, &cs
);
2917 s
->right_overhang
= cs
.rbearing
> cs
.width
? cs
.rbearing
- cs
.width
: 0;
2918 s
->left_overhang
= cs
.lbearing
< 0 ? -cs
.lbearing
: 0;
2923 /* Compute overhangs and x-positions for glyph string S and its
2924 predecessors, or successors. X is the starting x-position for S.
2925 BACKWARD_P non-zero means process predecessors. */
2928 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (s
, x
, backward_p
)
2929 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2937 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
);
2947 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
);
2956 /* Set *LEFT and *RIGHT to the left and right overhang of GLYPH on
2957 frame F. Overhangs of glyphs other than type CHAR_GLYPH are
2958 assumed to be zero. */
2961 x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyph
, f
, left
, right
)
2962 struct glyph
*glyph
;
2968 if (glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2972 struct font_info
*font_info
;
2976 face
= x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f
, glyph
, &char2b
, NULL
);
2978 font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f
, face
->font_info_id
);
2980 && (pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
)))
2982 if (pcm
->rbearing
> pcm
->width
)
2983 *right
= pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->width
;
2984 if (pcm
->lbearing
< 0)
2985 *left
= -pcm
->lbearing
;
2991 /* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that
2992 is overwritten by S because of S's left overhang. Value is -1
2993 if no glyphs are overwritten. */
2996 x_left_overwritten (s
)
2997 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3001 if (s
->left_overhang
)
3004 struct glyph
*glyphs
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
3005 int first
= s
->first_glyph
- glyphs
;
3007 for (i
= first
- 1; i
>= 0 && x
> -s
->left_overhang
; --i
)
3008 x
-= glyphs
[i
].pixel_width
;
3019 /* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that
3020 is overwriting S because of its right overhang. Value is -1 if no
3021 glyph in front of S overwrites S. */
3024 x_left_overwriting (s
)
3025 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3028 struct glyph
*glyphs
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
3029 int first
= s
->first_glyph
- glyphs
;
3033 for (i
= first
- 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
3036 x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyphs
+ i
, s
->f
, &left
, &right
);
3039 x
-= glyphs
[i
].pixel_width
;
3046 /* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that is
3047 not overwritten by S because of S's right overhang. Value is -1 if
3048 no such glyph is found. */
3051 x_right_overwritten (s
)
3052 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3056 if (s
->right_overhang
)
3059 struct glyph
*glyphs
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
3060 int first
= (s
->first_glyph
- glyphs
) + (s
->cmp
? 1 : s
->nchars
);
3061 int end
= s
->row
->used
[s
->area
];
3063 for (i
= first
; i
< end
&& s
->right_overhang
> x
; ++i
)
3064 x
+= glyphs
[i
].pixel_width
;
3073 /* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that
3074 overwrites S because of its left overhang. Value is negative
3075 if no such glyph is found. */
3078 x_right_overwriting (s
)
3079 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3082 int end
= s
->row
->used
[s
->area
];
3083 struct glyph
*glyphs
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
3084 int first
= (s
->first_glyph
- glyphs
) + (s
->cmp
? 1 : s
->nchars
);
3088 for (i
= first
; i
< end
; ++i
)
3091 x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyphs
+ i
, s
->f
, &left
, &right
);
3094 x
+= glyphs
[i
].pixel_width
;
3101 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
3104 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
3105 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3109 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
3110 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
3111 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
3112 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3116 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
3117 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
3118 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
3119 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
3120 contains the first component of a composition. */
3123 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
3124 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3127 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
3128 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
3129 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
3131 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
3135 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
3136 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
3137 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
3138 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
3139 s
->background_width
,
3140 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
3141 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
3142 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
3144 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
3145 || s
->font_not_found_p
3146 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
3149 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
3150 s
->background_width
,
3151 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
3152 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
3158 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
3161 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
3162 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3166 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
3167 of S to the right of that box line. */
3168 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
3169 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
3170 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
3174 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
3176 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
3178 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
3180 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
3181 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
3182 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
3184 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
3189 char *char1b
= (char *) s
->char2b
;
3190 int boff
= s
->font_info
->baseline_offset
;
3192 if (s
->font_info
->vertical_centering
)
3193 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s
->font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
3195 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
3197 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
3198 char1b
[i
] = s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
3200 /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been
3201 filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that
3202 XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.) Always
3203 use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is
3204 no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible. */
3205 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
3206 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
3208 /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */
3210 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
3211 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
3213 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
3214 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
3219 XDrawImageString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
3220 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
3222 XDrawImageString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
3223 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
3228 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
3231 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
3232 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3236 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
3237 of S to the right of that box line. */
3238 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
3239 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
3240 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
3244 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
3245 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
3246 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
3247 this composition. */
3249 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
3250 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
3251 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
3254 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
3255 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
3259 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, ++s
->gidx
)
3260 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
3261 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2],
3262 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
3268 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3270 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
3271 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
3272 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
3273 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
3274 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
3277 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
3278 cannot be determined. */
3280 static struct frame
*
3281 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
3284 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3288 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
3290 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
3291 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
3292 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
3293 x_any_window_to_frame. */
3294 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
3295 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
3297 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
3298 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
3299 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; GC_CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
3300 if (GC_FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
3301 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
3302 (f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
3303 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
3304 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
3311 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
3312 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
3313 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
3314 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
3317 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
3322 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
3323 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
3327 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
3328 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
3329 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
3330 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
3331 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
3332 Value is non-zero if successful. */
3335 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
3339 unsigned long *pixel
;
3343 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
3344 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
3348 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
3349 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
3351 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
3353 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
3355 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
3360 /* The address of this variable is returned by
3361 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
3363 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
3366 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
3368 DPY is the display we are working on.
3370 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
3371 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
3372 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
3373 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
3375 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
3376 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
3378 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
3379 we allocated the color or not.
3381 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
3384 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
3388 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
3389 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
3399 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
3400 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
3402 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
3406 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
3407 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
3408 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
3410 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
3412 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
3413 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
3415 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
3417 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
3418 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
3420 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
3421 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
3423 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
3424 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
3429 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
3431 params
[0] = color_name
;
3432 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
3433 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
3434 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
3439 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
3441 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
3443 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
3447 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
3451 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
3452 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
3455 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
3460 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
3461 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
3462 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
3464 APP is the application context in which we work.
3466 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
3467 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
3468 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
3470 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
3473 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
3482 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
3484 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
3487 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
3489 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
3490 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
3491 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
3492 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
3493 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
3498 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3501 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
3502 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
3503 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
3504 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
3506 static const XColor
*
3507 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
3511 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
3513 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
3515 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
3518 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
3519 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
3520 dpyinfo
->color_cells
3521 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
3522 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
3524 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
3525 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
3527 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
3528 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
3531 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
3532 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
3536 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
3537 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
3540 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
3545 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
3547 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
3550 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
3552 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
3553 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
3554 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
3555 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
3559 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
3563 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
3564 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
3567 x_query_color (f
, color
)
3571 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
3575 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
3576 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
3577 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
3581 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
3588 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
3591 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
3592 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
3593 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
3594 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
3596 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
3598 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
3600 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
3602 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
3603 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
3604 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
3605 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
3607 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
3610 nearest_delta
= delta
;
3614 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
3615 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
3616 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
3617 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
3621 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
3622 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
3623 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
3624 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
3625 XColor
*cached_color
;
3627 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
3628 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
3629 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
3630 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
3631 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
3633 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
3634 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
3635 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
3639 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
3641 register_color (color
->pixel
);
3642 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
3648 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
3649 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
3650 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
3654 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
3659 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
3660 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
3664 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
3665 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
3666 get color reference counts right. */
3669 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
3671 unsigned long pixel
;
3675 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
3677 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
3678 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
3680 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
3681 register_color (pixel
);
3687 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
3688 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
3689 get color reference counts right. */
3692 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
3695 unsigned long pixel
;
3699 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
3701 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
3702 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
3704 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
3705 register_color (pixel
);
3711 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
3714 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
3715 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
3716 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
3717 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
3718 use an additional additive factor.
3720 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
3721 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
3722 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
3725 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
3726 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
3727 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
3728 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
3729 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
3730 Value is non-zero if successful. */
3733 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
3737 unsigned long *pixel
;
3745 /* Get RGB color values. */
3746 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
3747 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
3749 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
3750 xassert (factor
>= 0);
3751 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
3752 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
3753 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
3755 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
3756 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
3758 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
3759 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
3760 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
3761 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
3762 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
3764 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
3765 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
3766 /* The additive adjustment. */
3767 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
3771 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
3772 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
3773 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
3777 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
3778 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
3779 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
3783 /* Try to allocate the color. */
3784 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
3787 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
3789 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
3790 delta to the RGB values. */
3791 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
3793 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
3794 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
3795 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
3796 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
3807 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
3808 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
3809 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
3810 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
3811 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
3812 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
3815 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
3817 struct relief
*relief
;
3820 unsigned long default_pixel
;
3823 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3824 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
3825 unsigned long pixel
;
3826 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
3827 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
3828 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
3829 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
3831 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
3832 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
3834 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
3835 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
3836 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
3838 && relief
->allocated_p
)
3840 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
3841 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
3844 /* Allocate new color. */
3845 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
3847 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
3848 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
3850 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
3851 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
3854 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
3856 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
3858 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
3861 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
3865 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
3868 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
3869 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3871 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
3872 unsigned long color
;
3874 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
3875 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
3876 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
3878 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
3879 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
3884 /* Get the background color of the face. */
3885 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
3886 color
= xgcv
.background
;
3889 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
3890 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
3892 di
->relief_background
= color
;
3893 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
3894 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
3895 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
3896 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
3901 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
3902 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
3903 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
3904 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
3905 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
3906 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
3910 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
3911 raised_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
3913 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
3914 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
3916 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
3917 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
3922 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
3924 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
3925 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
3928 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
3929 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
3930 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
3931 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
3935 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
3936 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
3937 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
3939 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
3941 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
3943 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
3944 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
3947 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
3948 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
3949 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
3950 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
3954 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
3955 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
3956 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
3958 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
3962 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
3963 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
3964 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
3965 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
3966 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
3967 rectangle to use when drawing. */
3970 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
3971 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
3972 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3973 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, left_p
, right_p
;
3974 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
3978 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
3979 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
3980 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
3983 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
3984 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
3988 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
3989 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
3992 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
3993 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
3997 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
3998 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
4000 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
4001 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
4005 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
4008 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
4009 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4011 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
4012 int left_p
, right_p
;
4013 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
4014 XRectangle clip_rect
;
4016 last_x
= window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
);
4017 if (s
->row
->full_width_p
4018 && !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
4020 last_x
+= FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (s
->f
);
4021 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (s
->f
))
4022 last_x
+= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (s
->f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (s
->f
);
4025 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
4026 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
4028 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
4030 width
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
4031 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
4033 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
4035 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
4037 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
4039 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
4040 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
4042 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
4043 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
4044 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
4046 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
4048 x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
4050 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
4051 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
4052 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
4055 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
4056 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
4057 width
, raised_p
, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
4062 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
4065 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
4066 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4069 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
);
4071 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
4072 right of that line. */
4073 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
4074 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
4075 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
4079 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
4081 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
4082 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
4088 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
4089 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
4090 trust on the shape extension to be available
4091 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
4093 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
4096 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
4098 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
4099 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
4100 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
4101 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
4102 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
4104 x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
4107 image_rect
.width
= s
->img
->width
;
4108 image_rect
.height
= s
->img
->height
;
4109 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
4110 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
4111 r
.x
- x
, r
.y
- y
, r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
4115 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
4117 x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
4120 image_rect
.width
= s
->img
->width
;
4121 image_rect
.height
= s
->img
->height
;
4122 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
4123 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
4124 r
.x
- x
, r
.y
- y
, r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
4126 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
4127 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
4128 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
4129 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
4130 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
4131 nothing here for mouse-face. */
4132 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
4134 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
4136 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
4137 s
->img
->width
+ r
*2 - 1, s
->img
->height
+ r
*2 - 1);
4142 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
4143 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
4144 s
->img
->width
- 1, s
->img
->height
- 1);
4148 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
4151 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
4152 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4154 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
4157 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
);
4159 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
4160 right of that line. */
4161 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
4162 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
4163 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
4167 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
4169 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
4170 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
4172 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
4173 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
4175 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
4176 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
4180 thick
= abs (s
->img
->relief
);
4181 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
4186 x1
= x
+ s
->img
->width
+ thick
- 1;
4187 y1
= y
+ s
->img
->height
+ thick
- 1;
4189 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
4190 x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
4191 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, 1, 1, &r
);
4195 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
4198 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
4199 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4203 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
);
4205 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
4206 right of that line. */
4207 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
4208 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
4209 x
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
4213 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
4215 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
4216 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
4222 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
4223 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
4224 trust on the shape extension to be available
4225 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
4227 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
4231 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
4232 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
4233 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
4234 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
4235 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
4237 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
4238 0, 0, s
->img
->width
, s
->img
->height
, x
, y
);
4239 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
4243 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
4244 0, 0, s
->img
->width
, s
->img
->height
, x
, y
);
4246 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
4247 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
4248 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
4249 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
4250 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
4251 nothing here for mouse-face. */
4252 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
4254 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
4256 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
4257 s
->img
->width
+ r
*2 - 1, s
->img
->height
+ r
*2 - 1);
4262 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
4263 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
4264 s
->img
->width
- 1, s
->img
->height
- 1);
4268 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
4269 give the rectangle to draw. */
4272 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
4273 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4278 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
4279 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
4280 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
4281 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
4284 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
4288 /* Draw image glyph string S.
4291 s->x +-------------------------
4294 | +-------------------------
4297 | | +-------------------
4303 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
4304 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4307 int box_line_hwidth
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
4308 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
4310 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
4312 height
= s
->height
- 2 * box_line_vwidth
;
4314 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
4315 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
4317 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
4318 if (height
> s
->img
->height
4322 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
4323 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
4325 if (box_line_hwidth
&& s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
4326 x
= s
->x
+ box_line_hwidth
;
4330 y
= s
->y
+ box_line_vwidth
;
4334 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
4335 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
4336 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
4337 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
4338 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
4340 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
4341 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
4342 s
->background_width
,
4345 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
4347 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
4349 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
4352 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
4353 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
4354 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
4355 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
4356 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
4361 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
4363 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
4364 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
4365 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
4366 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
4370 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
4372 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
4375 /* Draw the foreground. */
4378 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
4379 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
4380 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
4381 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
4382 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
4385 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
4387 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
4389 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
4390 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
4391 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
4395 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
4398 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
4399 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4401 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
4402 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
4404 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
4405 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
4407 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
4408 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
4409 int width
= min (CANON_X_UNIT (s
->f
), s
->background_width
);
4412 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
4414 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
4415 if (width
< s
->background_width
)
4417 int x
= s
->x
+ width
, y
= s
->y
;
4418 int w
= s
->background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
4422 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
4423 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
4425 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
4431 x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
4432 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
4434 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
4436 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
4437 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
4438 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
4439 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
4444 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
4445 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
4446 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
4447 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
4451 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
4452 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->background_width
,
4455 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
4459 /* Draw glyph string S. */
4462 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
4463 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4465 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
4467 /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
4468 background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
4469 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
4470 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps_p
)
4472 xassert (s
->next
->img
== NULL
);
4473 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
->next
);
4474 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
->next
);
4475 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
->next
, 1);
4478 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
4479 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
4481 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
4482 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
4483 if (!s
->for_overlaps_p
4484 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
4485 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
4486 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
4489 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
4490 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
4491 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
4492 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
4496 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
4498 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
4501 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
4505 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
4509 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
)
4510 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
4512 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
4513 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
4516 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
4517 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
|| s
->gidx
> 0)
4518 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
4520 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
4521 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
4528 if (!s
->for_overlaps_p
)
4530 /* Draw underline. */
4531 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
4533 unsigned long tem
, h
;
4536 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
4537 if (!XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
, &h
))
4540 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
4541 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
4542 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
4543 specs, and its default is
4545 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
4546 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
4548 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
4549 && XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION
, &tem
))
4550 y
= s
->ybase
+ (long) tem
;
4551 else if (s
->face
->font
)
4552 y
= s
->ybase
+ (s
->face
->font
->max_bounds
.descent
+ 1) / 2;
4554 y
= s
->y
+ s
->height
- h
;
4556 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
4557 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
4558 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
4562 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
4563 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
4564 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
4565 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
4566 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
4570 /* Draw overline. */
4571 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
4573 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
4575 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
4576 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
4581 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
4582 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
4583 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
4585 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
4589 /* Draw strike-through. */
4590 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
4592 unsigned long h
= 1;
4593 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
4595 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
4596 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
4601 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
4602 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
4603 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
4605 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
4609 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
4610 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
4611 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
4614 /* Reset clipping. */
4615 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
4619 static int x_fill_composite_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
4620 struct face
**, int));
4623 /* Fill glyph string S with composition components specified by S->cmp.
4625 FACES is an array of faces for all components of this composition.
4626 S->gidx is the index of the first component for S.
4627 OVERLAPS_P non-zero means S should draw the foreground only, and
4628 use its physical height for clipping.
4630 Value is the index of a component not in S. */
4633 x_fill_composite_glyph_string (s
, faces
, overlaps_p
)
4634 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4635 struct face
**faces
;
4642 s
->for_overlaps_p
= overlaps_p
;
4644 s
->face
= faces
[s
->gidx
];
4645 s
->font
= s
->face
->font
;
4646 s
->font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s
->f
, s
->face
->font_info_id
);
4648 /* For all glyphs of this composition, starting at the offset
4649 S->gidx, until we reach the end of the definition or encounter a
4650 glyph that requires the different face, add it to S. */
4652 for (i
= s
->gidx
+ 1; i
< s
->cmp
->glyph_len
&& faces
[i
] == s
->face
; ++i
)
4655 /* All glyph strings for the same composition has the same width,
4656 i.e. the width set for the first component of the composition. */
4658 s
->width
= s
->first_glyph
->pixel_width
;
4660 /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's
4661 default font, but record the fact that we couldn't load it in
4662 the glyph string so that we can draw rectangles for the
4663 characters of the glyph string. */
4664 if (s
->font
== NULL
)
4666 s
->font_not_found_p
= 1;
4667 s
->font
= FRAME_FONT (s
->f
);
4670 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4671 s
->ybase
+= s
->first_glyph
->voffset
;
4673 xassert (s
->face
&& s
->face
->gc
);
4675 /* This glyph string must always be drawn with 16-bit functions. */
4678 return s
->gidx
+ s
->nchars
;
4682 /* Fill glyph string S from a sequence of character glyphs.
4684 FACE_ID is the face id of the string. START is the index of the
4685 first glyph to consider, END is the index of the last + 1.
4686 OVERLAPS_P non-zero means S should draw the foreground only, and
4687 use its physical height for clipping.
4689 Value is the index of the first glyph not in S. */
4692 x_fill_glyph_string (s
, face_id
, start
, end
, overlaps_p
)
4693 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4695 int start
, end
, overlaps_p
;
4697 struct glyph
*glyph
, *last
;
4699 int glyph_not_available_p
;
4701 xassert (s
->f
== XFRAME (s
->w
->frame
));
4702 xassert (s
->nchars
== 0);
4703 xassert (start
>= 0 && end
> start
);
4705 s
->for_overlaps_p
= overlaps_p
,
4706 glyph
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + start
;
4707 last
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + end
;
4708 voffset
= glyph
->voffset
;
4710 glyph_not_available_p
= glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
;
4713 && glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
4714 && glyph
->voffset
== voffset
4715 /* Same face id implies same font, nowadays. */
4716 && glyph
->face_id
== face_id
4717 && glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
== glyph_not_available_p
)
4721 s
->face
= x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (s
->f
, glyph
,
4722 s
->char2b
+ s
->nchars
,
4724 s
->two_byte_p
= two_byte_p
;
4726 xassert (s
->nchars
<= end
- start
);
4727 s
->width
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
4731 s
->font
= s
->face
->font
;
4732 s
->font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s
->f
, s
->face
->font_info_id
);
4734 /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's font,
4735 but record the fact that we couldn't load it in
4736 S->font_not_found_p so that we can draw rectangles for the
4737 characters of the glyph string. */
4738 if (s
->font
== NULL
|| glyph_not_available_p
)
4740 s
->font_not_found_p
= 1;
4741 s
->font
= FRAME_FONT (s
->f
);
4744 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4745 s
->ybase
+= voffset
;
4747 xassert (s
->face
&& s
->face
->gc
);
4748 return glyph
- s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
4752 /* Fill glyph string S from image glyph S->first_glyph. */
4755 x_fill_image_glyph_string (s
)
4756 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4758 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
);
4759 s
->img
= IMAGE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.img_id
);
4761 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, s
->first_glyph
->face_id
);
4762 s
->font
= s
->face
->font
;
4763 s
->width
= s
->first_glyph
->pixel_width
;
4765 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4766 s
->ybase
+= s
->first_glyph
->voffset
;
4770 /* Fill glyph string S from a sequence of stretch glyphs.
4772 ROW is the glyph row in which the glyphs are found, AREA is the
4773 area within the row. START is the index of the first glyph to
4774 consider, END is the index of the last + 1.
4776 Value is the index of the first glyph not in S. */
4779 x_fill_stretch_glyph_string (s
, row
, area
, start
, end
)
4780 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4781 struct glyph_row
*row
;
4782 enum glyph_row_area area
;
4785 struct glyph
*glyph
, *last
;
4786 int voffset
, face_id
;
4788 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
4790 glyph
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + start
;
4791 last
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + end
;
4792 face_id
= glyph
->face_id
;
4793 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
4794 s
->font
= s
->face
->font
;
4795 s
->font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s
->f
, s
->face
->font_info_id
);
4796 s
->width
= glyph
->pixel_width
;
4797 voffset
= glyph
->voffset
;
4801 && glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
4802 && glyph
->voffset
== voffset
4803 && glyph
->face_id
== face_id
);
4805 s
->width
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
4807 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4808 s
->ybase
+= voffset
;
4810 /* The case that face->gc == 0 is handled when drawing the glyph
4811 string by calling PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY. */
4813 return glyph
- s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
4817 /* Initialize glyph string S. CHAR2B is a suitably allocated vector
4818 of XChar2b structures for S; it can't be allocated in
4819 x_init_glyph_string because it must be allocated via `alloca'. W
4820 is the window on which S is drawn. ROW and AREA are the glyph row
4821 and area within the row from which S is constructed. START is the
4822 index of the first glyph structure covered by S. HL is a
4823 face-override for drawing S. */
4826 x_init_glyph_string (s
, char2b
, w
, row
, area
, start
, hl
)
4827 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4830 struct glyph_row
*row
;
4831 enum glyph_row_area area
;
4833 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
;
4835 bzero (s
, sizeof *s
);
4837 s
->f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4838 s
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (s
->f
);
4839 s
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (s
->f
);
4844 s
->first_glyph
= row
->glyphs
[area
] + start
;
4845 s
->height
= row
->height
;
4846 s
->y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
4848 /* Display the internal border below the tool-bar window. */
4849 if (s
->w
== XWINDOW (s
->f
->tool_bar_window
))
4850 s
->y
-= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->internal_border_width
;
4852 s
->ybase
= s
->y
+ row
->ascent
;
4856 /* Set background width of glyph string S. START is the index of the
4857 first glyph following S. LAST_X is the right-most x-position + 1
4858 in the drawing area. */
4861 x_set_glyph_string_background_width (s
, start
, last_x
)
4862 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4866 /* If the face of this glyph string has to be drawn to the end of
4867 the drawing area, set S->extends_to_end_of_line_p. */
4868 struct face
*default_face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
4870 if (start
== s
->row
->used
[s
->area
]
4871 && s
->area
== TEXT_AREA
4872 && ((s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
4873 && (s
->row
->fill_line_p
4874 || s
->face
->background
!= default_face
->background
4875 || s
->face
->stipple
!= default_face
->stipple
4876 || s
->row
->mouse_face_p
))
4877 || s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
4878 || ((s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
|| s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
4879 && s
->row
->fill_line_p
)))
4880 s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
= 1;
4882 /* If S extends its face to the end of the line, set its
4883 background_width to the distance to the right edge of the drawing
4885 if (s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
)
4886 s
->background_width
= last_x
- s
->x
+ 1;
4888 s
->background_width
= s
->width
;
4892 /* Add a glyph string for a stretch glyph to the list of strings
4893 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the stretch glyph in
4894 row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph
4895 in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned
4896 to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the
4897 glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X
4898 is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
4900 /* SunOS 4 bundled cc, barfed on continuations in the arg lists here
4901 and below -- keep them on one line. */
4902 #define BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
4905 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4906 x_init_glyph_string (s, NULL, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4907 START = x_fill_stretch_glyph_string (s, ROW, AREA, START, END); \
4908 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
4914 /* Add a glyph string for an image glyph to the list of strings
4915 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the image glyph in
4916 row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph
4917 in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned
4918 to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the
4919 glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X
4920 is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
4922 #define BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
4925 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4926 x_init_glyph_string (s, NULL, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4927 x_fill_image_glyph_string (s); \
4928 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
4935 /* Add a glyph string for a sequence of character glyphs to the list
4936 of strings between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the first
4937 glyph in row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new
4938 glyph string. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row
4939 area. X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph
4940 string constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it
4941 is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the
4942 right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
4944 #define BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \
4950 c = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].u.ch; \
4951 face_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].face_id; \
4953 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4954 char2b = (XChar2b *) alloca ((END - START) * sizeof *char2b); \
4955 x_init_glyph_string (s, char2b, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4956 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
4958 START = x_fill_glyph_string (s, face_id, START, END, \
4964 /* Add a glyph string for a composite sequence to the list of strings
4965 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the first glyph in
4966 row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new glyph
4967 string. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row area.
4968 X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph string
4969 constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it is
4970 DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the right-most
4971 x-position of the drawing area. */
4973 #define BUILD_COMPOSITE_GLYPH_STRING(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \
4975 int cmp_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].u.cmp_id; \
4976 int face_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].face_id; \
4977 struct face *base_face = FACE_FROM_ID (XFRAME (w->frame), face_id); \
4978 struct composition *cmp = composition_table[cmp_id]; \
4979 int glyph_len = cmp->glyph_len; \
4981 struct face **faces; \
4982 struct glyph_string *first_s = NULL; \
4985 base_face = base_face->ascii_face; \
4986 char2b = (XChar2b *) alloca ((sizeof *char2b) * glyph_len); \
4987 faces = (struct face **) alloca ((sizeof *faces) * glyph_len); \
4988 /* At first, fill in `char2b' and `faces'. */ \
4989 for (n = 0; n < glyph_len; n++) \
4991 int c = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp, n); \
4992 int this_face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (XFRAME (w->frame), base_face, c); \
4993 faces[n] = FACE_FROM_ID (XFRAME (w->frame), this_face_id); \
4994 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (XFRAME (w->frame), c, \
4995 this_face_id, char2b + n, 1, 1); \
4998 /* Make glyph_strings for each glyph sequence that is drawable by \
4999 the same face, and append them to HEAD/TAIL. */ \
5000 for (n = 0; n < cmp->glyph_len;) \
5002 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
5003 x_init_glyph_string (s, char2b + n, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
5004 x_append_glyph_string (&(HEAD), &(TAIL), s); \
5012 n = x_fill_composite_glyph_string (s, faces, OVERLAPS_P); \
5020 /* Build a list of glyph strings between HEAD and TAIL for the glyphs
5021 of AREA of glyph row ROW on window W between indices START and END.
5022 HL overrides the face for drawing glyph strings, e.g. it is
5023 DRAW_CURSOR to draw a cursor. X and LAST_X are start and end
5024 x-positions of the drawing area.
5026 This is an ugly monster macro construct because we must use alloca
5027 to allocate glyph strings (because x_draw_glyphs can be called
5030 #define BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \
5033 HEAD = TAIL = NULL; \
5034 while (START < END) \
5036 struct glyph *first_glyph = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA] + START; \
5037 switch (first_glyph->type) \
5040 BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS (W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, \
5041 TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, \
5045 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH: \
5046 BUILD_COMPOSITE_GLYPH_STRING (W, ROW, AREA, START, END, \
5047 HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X,\
5051 case STRETCH_GLYPH: \
5052 BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING (W, ROW, AREA, START, END, \
5053 HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X); \
5057 BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING (W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, \
5058 TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X); \
5065 x_set_glyph_string_background_width (s, START, LAST_X); \
5072 /* Draw glyphs between START and END in AREA of ROW on window W,
5073 starting at x-position X. X is relative to AREA in W. HL is a
5074 face-override with the following meaning:
5076 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT draw normally
5077 DRAW_CURSOR draw in cursor face
5078 DRAW_MOUSE_FACE draw in mouse face.
5079 DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO draw in mode line face
5080 DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN draw an image with a sunken relief around it
5081 DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED draw an image with a raised relief around it
5083 If OVERLAPS_P is non-zero, draw only the foreground of characters
5084 and clip to the physical height of ROW.
5086 Value is the x-position reached, relative to AREA of W. */
5089 x_draw_glyphs (w
, x
, row
, area
, start
, end
, hl
, overlaps_p
)
5092 struct glyph_row
*row
;
5093 enum glyph_row_area area
;
5095 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
;
5098 struct glyph_string
*head
, *tail
;
5099 struct glyph_string
*s
;
5100 int last_x
, area_width
;
5104 /* Let's rather be paranoid than getting a SEGV. */
5105 end
= min (end
, row
->used
[area
]);
5106 start
= max (0, start
);
5107 start
= min (end
, start
);
5109 /* Translate X to frame coordinates. Set last_x to the right
5110 end of the drawing area. */
5111 if (row
->full_width_p
)
5113 /* X is relative to the left edge of W, without scroll bars
5115 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5116 int window_left_x
= WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
5119 area_width
= XFASTINT (w
->width
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
5120 last_x
= window_left_x
+ area_width
;
5122 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5124 int width
= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
5125 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f
))
5131 x
+= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
5132 last_x
+= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
5136 x
= WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, area
, x
);
5137 area_width
= window_box_width (w
, area
);
5138 last_x
= WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, area
, area_width
);
5141 /* Build a doubly-linked list of glyph_string structures between
5142 head and tail from what we have to draw. Note that the macro
5143 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS will modify its start parameter. That's
5144 the reason we use a separate variable `i'. */
5146 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w
, row
, area
, i
, end
, head
, tail
, hl
, x
, last_x
,
5149 x_reached
= tail
->x
+ tail
->background_width
;
5153 /* If there are any glyphs with lbearing < 0 or rbearing > width in
5154 the row, redraw some glyphs in front or following the glyph
5155 strings built above. */
5156 if (head
&& !overlaps_p
&& row
->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p
)
5159 struct glyph_string
*h
, *t
;
5161 /* Compute overhangs for all glyph strings. */
5162 for (s
= head
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
5163 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
);
5165 /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph
5166 string that are overwritten because of the first glyph
5167 string's left overhang. The background of all strings
5168 prepended must be drawn because the first glyph string
5170 i
= x_left_overwritten (head
);
5174 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w
, row
, area
, j
, start
, h
, t
,
5175 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, dummy_x
, last_x
,
5178 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (t
, head
->x
, 1);
5179 x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head
, &tail
, h
, t
);
5182 /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph
5183 string that overwrite that glyph string because of their
5184 right overhang. For these strings, only the foreground must
5185 be drawn, because it draws over the glyph string at `head'.
5186 The background must not be drawn because this would overwrite
5187 right overhangs of preceding glyphs for which no glyph
5189 i
= x_left_overwriting (head
);
5192 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w
, row
, area
, i
, start
, h
, t
,
5193 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, dummy_x
, last_x
,
5195 for (s
= h
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
5196 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
5197 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (t
, head
->x
, 1);
5198 x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head
, &tail
, h
, t
);
5201 /* Append glyphs strings for glyphs following the last glyph
5202 string tail that are overwritten by tail. The background of
5203 these strings has to be drawn because tail's foreground draws
5205 i
= x_right_overwritten (tail
);
5208 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w
, row
, area
, end
, i
, h
, t
,
5209 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, x
, last_x
,
5211 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (h
, tail
->x
+ tail
->width
, 0);
5212 x_append_glyph_string_lists (&head
, &tail
, h
, t
);
5215 /* Append glyph strings for glyphs following the last glyph
5216 string tail that overwrite tail. The foreground of such
5217 glyphs has to be drawn because it writes into the background
5218 of tail. The background must not be drawn because it could
5219 paint over the foreground of following glyphs. */
5220 i
= x_right_overwriting (tail
);
5223 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w
, row
, area
, end
, i
, h
, t
,
5224 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, x
, last_x
,
5226 for (s
= h
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
5227 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
5228 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (h
, tail
->x
+ tail
->width
, 0);
5229 x_append_glyph_string_lists (&head
, &tail
, h
, t
);
5233 /* Draw all strings. */
5234 for (s
= head
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
5235 x_draw_glyph_string (s
);
5237 if (area
== TEXT_AREA
5238 && !row
->full_width_p
5239 /* When drawing overlapping rows, only the glyph strings'
5240 foreground is drawn, which doesn't erase a cursor
5244 int x0
= head
? head
->x
: x
;
5245 int x1
= tail
? tail
->x
+ tail
->background_width
: x
;
5247 x0
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w
, x0
);
5248 x1
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w
, x1
);
5250 if (XFASTINT (w
->left_margin_width
) != 0)
5252 int left_area_width
= window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
5253 x0
-= left_area_width
;
5254 x1
-= left_area_width
;
5257 notice_overwritten_cursor (w
, area
, x0
, x1
,
5258 row
->y
, MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
));
5261 /* Value is the x-position up to which drawn, relative to AREA of W.
5262 This doesn't include parts drawn because of overhangs. */
5263 x_reached
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w
, x_reached
);
5264 if (!row
->full_width_p
)
5266 if (area
> LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
&& XFASTINT (w
->left_margin_width
) != 0)
5267 x_reached
-= window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
5268 if (area
> TEXT_AREA
)
5269 x_reached
-= window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
);
5276 /* Fix the display of area AREA of overlapping row ROW in window W. */
5279 x_fix_overlapping_area (w
, row
, area
)
5281 struct glyph_row
*row
;
5282 enum glyph_row_area area
;
5288 if (area
== LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
)
5290 else if (area
== TEXT_AREA
)
5291 x
= row
->x
+ window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
5293 x
= (window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
)
5294 + window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
));
5296 for (i
= 0; i
< row
->used
[area
];)
5298 if (row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].overlaps_vertically_p
)
5300 int start
= i
, start_x
= x
;
5304 x
+= row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].pixel_width
;
5307 while (i
< row
->used
[area
]
5308 && row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].overlaps_vertically_p
);
5310 x_draw_glyphs (w
, start_x
, row
, area
, start
, i
,
5311 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, 1);
5315 x
+= row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].pixel_width
;
5324 /* Output LEN glyphs starting at START at the nominal cursor position.
5325 Advance the nominal cursor over the text. The global variable
5326 updated_window contains the window being updated, updated_row is
5327 the glyph row being updated, and updated_area is the area of that
5328 row being updated. */
5331 x_write_glyphs (start
, len
)
5332 struct glyph
*start
;
5337 xassert (updated_window
&& updated_row
);
5342 hpos
= start
- updated_row
->glyphs
[updated_area
];
5343 x
= x_draw_glyphs (updated_window
, output_cursor
.x
,
5344 updated_row
, updated_area
,
5346 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, 0);
5348 /* Invalidate old phys cursor if the glyph at its hpos is redrawn. */
5349 if (updated_area
== TEXT_AREA
5350 && updated_window
->phys_cursor_on_p
5351 && updated_window
->phys_cursor
.vpos
== output_cursor
.vpos
5352 && updated_window
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= hpos
5353 && updated_window
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< hpos
+ len
)
5354 updated_window
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 0;
5358 /* Advance the output cursor. */
5359 output_cursor
.hpos
+= len
;
5360 output_cursor
.x
= x
;
5364 /* Insert LEN glyphs from START at the nominal cursor position. */
5367 x_insert_glyphs (start
, len
)
5368 struct glyph
*start
;
5373 int line_height
, shift_by_width
, shifted_region_width
;
5374 struct glyph_row
*row
;
5375 struct glyph
*glyph
;
5376 int frame_x
, frame_y
, hpos
;
5378 xassert (updated_window
&& updated_row
);
5381 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
5383 /* Get the height of the line we are in. */
5385 line_height
= row
->height
;
5387 /* Get the width of the glyphs to insert. */
5389 for (glyph
= start
; glyph
< start
+ len
; ++glyph
)
5390 shift_by_width
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
5392 /* Get the width of the region to shift right. */
5393 shifted_region_width
= (window_box_width (w
, updated_area
)
5398 frame_x
= window_box_left (w
, updated_area
) + output_cursor
.x
;
5399 frame_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, output_cursor
.y
);
5400 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5401 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
5403 shifted_region_width
, line_height
,
5404 frame_x
+ shift_by_width
, frame_y
);
5406 /* Write the glyphs. */
5407 hpos
= start
- row
->glyphs
[updated_area
];
5408 x_draw_glyphs (w
, output_cursor
.x
, row
, updated_area
, hpos
, hpos
+ len
,
5409 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, 0);
5411 /* Advance the output cursor. */
5412 output_cursor
.hpos
+= len
;
5413 output_cursor
.x
+= shift_by_width
;
5418 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
5429 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
5430 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
5433 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
5440 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
5441 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
5445 /* Erase the current text line from the nominal cursor position
5446 (inclusive) to pixel column TO_X (exclusive). The idea is that
5447 everything from TO_X onward is already erased.
5449 TO_X is a pixel position relative to updated_area of
5450 updated_window. TO_X == -1 means clear to the end of this area. */
5453 x_clear_end_of_line (to_x
)
5457 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
5458 int max_x
, min_y
, max_y
;
5459 int from_x
, from_y
, to_y
;
5461 xassert (updated_window
&& updated_row
);
5462 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5464 if (updated_row
->full_width_p
)
5466 max_x
= XFASTINT (w
->width
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
5467 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
5468 && !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
5469 max_x
+= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
5472 max_x
= window_box_width (w
, updated_area
);
5473 max_y
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
5475 /* TO_X == 0 means don't do anything. TO_X < 0 means clear to end
5476 of window. For TO_X > 0, truncate to end of drawing area. */
5482 to_x
= min (to_x
, max_x
);
5484 to_y
= min (max_y
, output_cursor
.y
+ updated_row
->height
);
5486 /* Notice if the cursor will be cleared by this operation. */
5487 if (!updated_row
->full_width_p
)
5488 notice_overwritten_cursor (w
, updated_area
,
5489 output_cursor
.x
, -1,
5491 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (updated_row
));
5493 from_x
= output_cursor
.x
;
5495 /* Translate to frame coordinates. */
5496 if (updated_row
->full_width_p
)
5498 from_x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, from_x
);
5499 to_x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, to_x
);
5503 from_x
= WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, updated_area
, from_x
);
5504 to_x
= WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, updated_area
, to_x
);
5507 min_y
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
5508 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (min_y
, output_cursor
.y
));
5509 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, to_y
);
5511 /* Prevent inadvertently clearing to end of the X window. */
5512 if (to_x
> from_x
&& to_y
> from_y
)
5515 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5516 from_x
, from_y
, to_x
- from_x
, to_y
- from_y
,
5523 /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
5524 frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */
5534 f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
5536 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
5538 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
5539 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
5540 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
5542 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
5543 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
5545 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
5547 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
5548 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
5549 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
5551 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
5557 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
5559 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
5560 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
5562 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
5565 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
5566 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
5569 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
5570 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
5572 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
5573 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
5574 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
5576 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
5577 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
5581 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
5583 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
5584 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
5588 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
5590 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
5591 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
5593 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
5595 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
5607 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
5608 pixels into background pixels. */
5612 values
.function
= GXxor
;
5613 values
.foreground
= (f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
5614 ^ f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
5616 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5617 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
5621 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
5622 int height
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_HEIGHT (f
));
5623 /* Height of each line to flash. */
5624 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
5625 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
5626 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
5627 int flash_right
= PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
5631 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
5632 edge it is next to. */
5633 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
5635 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
5636 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5639 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
5640 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5647 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
5649 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
5650 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
5652 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
5654 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
5655 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f
)),
5656 width
, flash_height
);
5657 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
5659 (height
- flash_height
5660 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
5661 width
, flash_height
);
5664 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
5665 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
5666 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
5667 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
5672 struct timeval wakeup
;
5674 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
5676 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
5677 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
5678 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
5679 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
5681 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
5683 while (! detect_input_pending ())
5685 struct timeval current
;
5686 struct timeval timeout
;
5688 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
5690 /* Break if result would be negative. */
5691 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
5694 /* How long `select' should wait. */
5696 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
5698 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
5699 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
5703 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
5704 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
5706 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
5708 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
5709 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f
)),
5710 width
, flash_height
);
5711 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
5713 (height
- flash_height
5714 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
5715 width
, flash_height
);
5718 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
5719 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
5720 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
5721 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
5723 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
5731 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
5734 /* Make audible bell. */
5739 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
5741 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
5743 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
5750 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
5751 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
5758 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
5759 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
5760 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
5761 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
5764 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
5767 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
5772 /***********************************************************************
5774 ***********************************************************************/
5776 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
5777 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
5780 x_ins_del_lines (vpos
, n
)
5787 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
5790 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
5794 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5795 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
5797 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
5798 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
5800 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
5801 width
+= FRAME_X_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
);
5802 x
-= FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
);
5804 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
5805 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
5806 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
5810 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
5811 line at the bottom. */
5812 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
5813 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
5815 height
= run
->height
;
5819 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
5821 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
5822 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
5824 height
= run
->height
;
5829 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
5833 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5834 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5835 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
5845 /***********************************************************************
5847 ***********************************************************************/
5849 /* Redisplay an exposed area of frame F. X and Y are the upper-left
5850 corner of the exposed rectangle. W and H are width and height of
5851 the exposed area. All are pixel values. W or H zero means redraw
5852 the entire frame. */
5855 expose_frame (f
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
5860 int mouse_face_overwritten_p
= 0;
5862 TRACE ((stderr
, "expose_frame "));
5864 /* No need to redraw if frame will be redrawn soon. */
5865 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
5867 TRACE ((stderr
, " garbaged\n"));
5871 /* If basic faces haven't been realized yet, there is no point in
5872 trying to redraw anything. This can happen when we get an expose
5873 event while Emacs is starting, e.g. by moving another window. */
5874 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
) == NULL
5875 || FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
)->used
< BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL
)
5877 TRACE ((stderr
, " no faces\n"));
5881 if (w
== 0 || h
== 0)
5884 r
.width
= CANON_X_UNIT (f
) * f
->width
;
5885 r
.height
= CANON_Y_UNIT (f
) * f
->height
;
5895 TRACE ((stderr
, "(%d, %d, %d, %d)\n", r
.x
, r
.y
, r
.width
, r
.height
));
5896 mouse_face_overwritten_p
= expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
), &r
);
5898 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
))
5899 mouse_face_overwritten_p
5900 |= expose_window (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
), &r
);
5902 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5903 if (WINDOWP (f
->menu_bar_window
))
5904 mouse_face_overwritten_p
5905 |= expose_window (XWINDOW (f
->menu_bar_window
), &r
);
5906 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5908 /* Some window managers support a focus-follows-mouse style with
5909 delayed raising of frames. Imagine a partially obscured frame,
5910 and moving the mouse into partially obscured mouse-face on that
5911 frame. The visible part of the mouse-face will be highlighted,
5912 then the WM raises the obscured frame. With at least one WM, KDE
5913 2.1, Emacs is not getting any event for the raising of the frame
5914 (even tried with SubstructureRedirectMask), only Expose events.
5915 These expose events will draw text normally, i.e. not
5916 highlighted. Which means we must redo the highlight here.
5917 Subsume it under ``we love X''. --gerd 2001-08-15 */
5918 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
&& !FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
5920 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
5921 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
5923 int x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
;
5924 int y
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
;
5925 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
5926 note_mouse_highlight (f
, x
, y
);
5932 /* Redraw (parts) of all windows in the window tree rooted at W that
5933 intersect R. R contains frame pixel coordinates. Value is
5934 non-zero if the exposure overwrites mouse-face. */
5937 expose_window_tree (w
, r
)
5941 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5942 int mouse_face_overwritten_p
= 0;
5944 while (w
&& !FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
5946 if (!NILP (w
->hchild
))
5947 mouse_face_overwritten_p
5948 |= expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w
->hchild
), r
);
5949 else if (!NILP (w
->vchild
))
5950 mouse_face_overwritten_p
5951 |= expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w
->vchild
), r
);
5953 mouse_face_overwritten_p
|= expose_window (w
, r
);
5955 w
= NILP (w
->next
) ? NULL
: XWINDOW (w
->next
);
5958 return mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
5962 /* Redraw the part of glyph row area AREA of glyph row ROW on window W
5963 which intersects rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. */
5966 expose_area (w
, row
, r
, area
)
5968 struct glyph_row
*row
;
5970 enum glyph_row_area area
;
5972 struct glyph
*first
= row
->glyphs
[area
];
5973 struct glyph
*end
= row
->glyphs
[area
] + row
->used
[area
];
5975 int first_x
, start_x
, x
;
5977 if (area
== TEXT_AREA
&& row
->fill_line_p
)
5978 /* If row extends face to end of line write the whole line. */
5979 x_draw_glyphs (w
, 0, row
, area
, 0, row
->used
[area
],
5980 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, 0);
5983 /* Set START_X to the window-relative start position for drawing glyphs of
5984 AREA. The first glyph of the text area can be partially visible.
5985 The first glyphs of other areas cannot. */
5986 if (area
== LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
)
5988 else if (area
== TEXT_AREA
)
5989 start_x
= row
->x
+ window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
5991 start_x
= (window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
)
5992 + window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
));
5995 /* Find the first glyph that must be redrawn. */
5997 && x
+ first
->pixel_width
< r
->x
)
5999 x
+= first
->pixel_width
;
6003 /* Find the last one. */
6007 && x
< r
->x
+ r
->width
)
6009 x
+= last
->pixel_width
;
6015 x_draw_glyphs (w
, first_x
- start_x
, row
, area
,
6016 first
- row
->glyphs
[area
],
6017 last
- row
->glyphs
[area
],
6018 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, 0);
6023 /* Redraw the parts of the glyph row ROW on window W intersecting
6024 rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. Value is
6025 non-zero if mouse-face was overwritten. */
6028 expose_line (w
, row
, r
)
6030 struct glyph_row
*row
;
6033 xassert (row
->enabled_p
);
6035 if (row
->mode_line_p
|| w
->pseudo_window_p
)
6036 x_draw_glyphs (w
, 0, row
, TEXT_AREA
, 0, row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
],
6037 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, 0);
6040 if (row
->used
[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
])
6041 expose_area (w
, row
, r
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
6042 if (row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
6043 expose_area (w
, row
, r
, TEXT_AREA
);
6044 if (row
->used
[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
])
6045 expose_area (w
, row
, r
, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
);
6046 x_draw_row_fringe_bitmaps (w
, row
);
6049 return row
->mouse_face_p
;
6053 /* Return non-zero if W's cursor intersects rectangle R. */
6056 x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w
, r
)
6060 XRectangle cr
, result
;
6061 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
6063 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
6066 cr
.x
= w
->phys_cursor
.x
;
6067 cr
.y
= w
->phys_cursor
.y
;
6068 cr
.width
= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
;
6069 cr
.height
= w
->phys_cursor_height
;
6070 return x_intersect_rectangles (&cr
, r
, &result
);
6077 /* Redraw those parts of glyphs rows during expose event handling that
6078 overlap other rows. Redrawing of an exposed line writes over parts
6079 of lines overlapping that exposed line; this function fixes that.
6081 W is the window being exposed. FIRST_OVERLAPPING_ROW is the first
6082 row in W's current matrix that is exposed and overlaps other rows.
6083 LAST_OVERLAPPING_ROW is the last such row. */
6086 expose_overlaps (w
, first_overlapping_row
, last_overlapping_row
)
6088 struct glyph_row
*first_overlapping_row
;
6089 struct glyph_row
*last_overlapping_row
;
6091 struct glyph_row
*row
;
6093 for (row
= first_overlapping_row
; row
<= last_overlapping_row
; ++row
)
6094 if (row
->overlapping_p
)
6096 xassert (row
->enabled_p
&& !row
->mode_line_p
);
6098 if (row
->used
[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
])
6099 x_fix_overlapping_area (w
, row
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
6101 if (row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
6102 x_fix_overlapping_area (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
);
6104 if (row
->used
[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
])
6105 x_fix_overlapping_area (w
, row
, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
);
6110 /* Redraw the part of window W intersection rectangle FR. Pixel
6111 coordinates in FR are frame-relative. Call this function with
6112 input blocked. Value is non-zero if the exposure overwrites
6116 expose_window (w
, fr
)
6120 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
6122 int mouse_face_overwritten_p
= 0;
6124 /* If window is not yet fully initialized, do nothing. This can
6125 happen when toolkit scroll bars are used and a window is split.
6126 Reconfiguring the scroll bar will generate an expose for a newly
6128 if (w
->current_matrix
== NULL
)
6131 /* When we're currently updating the window, display and current
6132 matrix usually don't agree. Arrange for a thorough display
6134 if (w
== updated_window
)
6136 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6140 /* Frame-relative pixel rectangle of W. */
6141 wr
.x
= XFASTINT (w
->left
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
6142 wr
.y
= XFASTINT (w
->top
) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f
);
6143 wr
.width
= XFASTINT (w
->width
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
6144 wr
.height
= XFASTINT (w
->height
) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f
);
6146 if (x_intersect_rectangles (fr
, &wr
, &r
))
6148 int yb
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
6149 struct glyph_row
*row
;
6150 int cursor_cleared_p
;
6151 struct glyph_row
*first_overlapping_row
, *last_overlapping_row
;
6153 TRACE ((stderr
, "expose_window (%d, %d, %d, %d)\n",
6154 r
.x
, r
.y
, r
.width
, r
.height
));
6156 /* Convert to window coordinates. */
6157 r
.x
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w
, r
.x
);
6158 r
.y
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w
, r
.y
);
6160 /* Turn off the cursor. */
6161 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
6162 && x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w
, &r
))
6165 cursor_cleared_p
= 1;
6168 cursor_cleared_p
= 0;
6170 /* Update lines intersecting rectangle R. */
6171 first_overlapping_row
= last_overlapping_row
= NULL
;
6172 for (row
= w
->current_matrix
->rows
;
6177 int y1
= MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
);
6179 if ((y0
>= r
.y
&& y0
< r
.y
+ r
.height
)
6180 || (y1
> r
.y
&& y1
< r
.y
+ r
.height
)
6181 || (r
.y
>= y0
&& r
.y
< y1
)
6182 || (r
.y
+ r
.height
> y0
&& r
.y
+ r
.height
< y1
))
6184 if (row
->overlapping_p
)
6186 if (first_overlapping_row
== NULL
)
6187 first_overlapping_row
= row
;
6188 last_overlapping_row
= row
;
6191 if (expose_line (w
, row
, &r
))
6192 mouse_face_overwritten_p
= 1;
6199 /* Display the mode line if there is one. */
6200 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w
)
6201 && (row
= MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
),
6203 && row
->y
< r
.y
+ r
.height
)
6205 if (expose_line (w
, row
, &r
))
6206 mouse_face_overwritten_p
= 1;
6209 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
6211 /* Fix the display of overlapping rows. */
6212 if (first_overlapping_row
)
6213 expose_overlaps (w
, first_overlapping_row
, last_overlapping_row
);
6215 /* Draw border between windows. */
6216 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
6218 /* Turn the cursor on again. */
6219 if (cursor_cleared_p
)
6220 x_update_window_cursor (w
, 1);
6224 return mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
6228 /* Determine the intersection of two rectangles R1 and R2. Return
6229 the intersection in *RESULT. Value is non-zero if RESULT is not
6233 x_intersect_rectangles (r1
, r2
, result
)
6234 XRectangle
*r1
, *r2
, *result
;
6236 XRectangle
*left
, *right
;
6237 XRectangle
*upper
, *lower
;
6238 int intersection_p
= 0;
6240 /* Rearrange so that R1 is the left-most rectangle. */
6242 left
= r1
, right
= r2
;
6244 left
= r2
, right
= r1
;
6246 /* X0 of the intersection is right.x0, if this is inside R1,
6247 otherwise there is no intersection. */
6248 if (right
->x
<= left
->x
+ left
->width
)
6250 result
->x
= right
->x
;
6252 /* The right end of the intersection is the minimum of the
6253 the right ends of left and right. */
6254 result
->width
= (min (left
->x
+ left
->width
, right
->x
+ right
->width
)
6257 /* Same game for Y. */
6259 upper
= r1
, lower
= r2
;
6261 upper
= r2
, lower
= r1
;
6263 /* The upper end of the intersection is lower.y0, if this is inside
6264 of upper. Otherwise, there is no intersection. */
6265 if (lower
->y
<= upper
->y
+ upper
->height
)
6267 result
->y
= lower
->y
;
6269 /* The lower end of the intersection is the minimum of the lower
6270 ends of upper and lower. */
6271 result
->height
= (min (lower
->y
+ lower
->height
,
6272 upper
->y
+ upper
->height
)
6278 return intersection_p
;
6289 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
6290 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
6291 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
6292 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
6294 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
6295 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
6297 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
6301 frame_unhighlight (f
)
6304 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
6305 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
6306 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
6307 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
6309 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
6310 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
6312 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
6315 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
6316 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
6317 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
6318 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
6319 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
6322 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
6323 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6324 struct frame
*frame
;
6326 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
6328 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6330 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
6331 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
6332 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
6334 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
6335 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
6338 selected_frame
= frame
;
6339 XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame
->selected_window
)->frame
,
6341 Fselect_window (selected_frame
->selected_window
);
6342 choose_minibuf_frame ();
6345 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
6346 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
6348 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
6351 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
6354 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
6355 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
6356 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into BUFP.
6357 Returns number of events inserted into BUFP. */
6360 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
, numchars
)
6363 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6364 struct frame
*frame
;
6365 struct input_event
*bufp
;
6370 if (type
== FocusIn
)
6372 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
6374 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
6375 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
6377 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
6378 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
6380 && GC_NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
6381 && GC_CONSP (Vframe_list
)
6382 && !GC_NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6384 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
6385 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
6393 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
6396 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
6397 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
6400 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
6402 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
6404 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
6406 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
6407 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
6411 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
6412 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
6419 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
6420 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
6422 Returns number of events inserted into BUFP. */
6425 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
, numchars
)
6426 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6428 struct input_event
*bufp
;
6431 struct frame
*frame
;
6434 frame
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
6435 if (! frame
) return nr_events
;
6437 switch (event
->type
)
6441 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
6442 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
6443 && ! (frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
6444 nr_events
= x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
6445 ? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
6455 nr_events
= x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
6456 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
6457 ? FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
6469 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
6472 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
6473 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6475 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
6478 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
6479 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
6480 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
6482 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
6483 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
6484 the appropriate X display info. */
6487 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
6488 struct frame
*frame
;
6490 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
6494 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
6495 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6497 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
6499 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6501 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
6502 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
6503 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
6504 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
6505 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
6507 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
6508 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
6512 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
6514 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
6517 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
6518 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
6519 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
6525 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
6527 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
6529 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
6530 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6532 int min_code
, max_code
;
6535 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
6537 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
6538 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
6539 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
6540 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
6541 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
6544 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
6546 min_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->min_keycode
;
6547 max_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->max_keycode
;
6550 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
6551 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
6553 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
6555 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
6556 Alt keysyms are on. */
6558 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
6560 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
6561 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
6564 = mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
6566 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
6570 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
6574 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
6576 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
6582 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
6587 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
6592 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
6597 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
6601 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
6602 if ((1 << row
) == LockMask
)
6603 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
6611 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
6612 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6614 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
6615 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
6618 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
6619 make them just meta, not alt. */
6620 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6622 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
6625 XFree ((char *) syms
);
6626 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
6629 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
6633 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
6634 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6637 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
6638 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
6639 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
6640 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
6643 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
6644 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
6645 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
6646 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
6647 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
6648 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
6649 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
6650 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
6653 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
6654 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
6655 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
6656 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
6657 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
6658 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
6662 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
6663 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6666 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
6667 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
6668 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
6669 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
6673 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
6674 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
6675 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
6676 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
6677 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
6678 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
6679 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
6680 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
6683 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
6684 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
6685 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
6686 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
6687 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
6688 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
6691 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
6694 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
6700 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
6708 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
6710 /* Given a pixel position (PIX_X, PIX_Y) on frame F, return glyph
6711 co-ordinates in (*X, *Y). Set *BOUNDS to the rectangle that the
6712 glyph at X, Y occupies, if BOUNDS != 0. If NOCLIP is non-zero, do
6713 not force the value into range. */
6716 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
, x
, y
, bounds
, noclip
)
6718 register int pix_x
, pix_y
;
6719 register int *x
, *y
;
6723 /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to round down
6724 even for negative values. */
6726 pix_x
-= FONT_WIDTH ((f
)->output_data
.x
->font
) - 1;
6728 pix_y
-= (f
)->output_data
.x
->line_height
- 1;
6730 pix_x
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f
, pix_x
);
6731 pix_y
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f
, pix_y
);
6735 bounds
->width
= FONT_WIDTH (f
->output_data
.x
->font
);
6736 bounds
->height
= f
->output_data
.x
->line_height
;
6737 bounds
->x
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f
, pix_x
);
6738 bounds
->y
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f
, pix_y
);
6745 else if (pix_x
> FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f
))
6746 pix_x
= FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f
);
6750 else if (pix_y
> f
->height
)
6759 /* Given HPOS/VPOS in the current matrix of W, return corresponding
6760 frame-relative pixel positions in *FRAME_X and *FRAME_Y. If we
6761 can't tell the positions because W's display is not up to date,
6765 glyph_to_pixel_coords (w
, hpos
, vpos
, frame_x
, frame_y
)
6768 int *frame_x
, *frame_y
;
6772 xassert (hpos
>= 0 && hpos
< w
->current_matrix
->matrix_w
);
6773 xassert (vpos
>= 0 && vpos
< w
->current_matrix
->matrix_h
);
6775 if (display_completed
)
6777 struct glyph_row
*row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
);
6778 struct glyph
*glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
6779 struct glyph
*end
= glyph
+ min (hpos
, row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]);
6785 *frame_x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
6793 *frame_y
= *frame_x
= 0;
6797 *frame_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, *frame_y
);
6798 *frame_x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, *frame_x
);
6803 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
6805 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
6809 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
6810 struct input_event
*result
;
6811 XButtonEvent
*event
;
6814 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
6816 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
6817 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
6818 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
6819 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6821 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
6825 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
6826 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
6827 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
6833 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
6834 The input handler calls this.
6836 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
6837 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
6838 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
6839 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
6841 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
6842 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
6845 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
6847 XMotionEvent
*event
;
6849 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
6850 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
6851 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
6853 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
6855 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
6856 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
6857 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
6860 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
6861 else if (event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
6862 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
6863 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
6864 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
6866 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
6867 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
6868 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
6873 /************************************************************************
6875 ************************************************************************/
6877 /* Find the glyph under window-relative coordinates X/Y in window W.
6878 Consider only glyphs from buffer text, i.e. no glyphs from overlay
6879 strings. Return in *HPOS and *VPOS the row and column number of
6880 the glyph found. Return in *AREA the glyph area containing X.
6881 Value is a pointer to the glyph found or null if X/Y is not on
6882 text, or we can't tell because W's current matrix is not up to
6885 static struct glyph
*
6886 x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w
, x
, y
, hpos
, vpos
, area
, buffer_only_p
)
6889 int *hpos
, *vpos
, *area
;
6892 struct glyph
*glyph
, *end
;
6893 struct glyph_row
*row
= NULL
;
6894 int x0
, i
, left_area_width
;
6896 /* Find row containing Y. Give up if some row is not enabled. */
6897 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->current_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
6899 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, i
);
6900 if (!row
->enabled_p
)
6902 if (y
>= row
->y
&& y
< MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
))
6909 /* Give up if Y is not in the window. */
6910 if (i
== w
->current_matrix
->nrows
)
6913 /* Get the glyph area containing X. */
6914 if (w
->pseudo_window_p
)
6921 left_area_width
= window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
6922 if (x
< left_area_width
)
6924 *area
= LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
;
6927 else if (x
< left_area_width
+ window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
))
6930 x0
= row
->x
+ left_area_width
;
6934 *area
= RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
;
6935 x0
= left_area_width
+ window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
);
6939 /* Find glyph containing X. */
6940 glyph
= row
->glyphs
[*area
];
6941 end
= glyph
+ row
->used
[*area
];
6944 if (x
< x0
+ glyph
->pixel_width
)
6946 if (w
->pseudo_window_p
)
6948 else if (!buffer_only_p
|| BUFFERP (glyph
->object
))
6952 x0
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
6959 *hpos
= glyph
- row
->glyphs
[*area
];
6964 /* Convert frame-relative x/y to coordinates relative to window W.
6965 Takes pseudo-windows into account. */
6968 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w
, x
, y
)
6972 if (w
->pseudo_window_p
)
6974 /* A pseudo-window is always full-width, and starts at the
6975 left edge of the frame, plus a frame border. */
6976 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
6977 *x
-= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f
);
6978 *y
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w
, *y
);
6982 *x
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w
, *x
);
6983 *y
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w
, *y
);
6988 /* Take proper action when mouse has moved to the mode or header line
6989 or marginal area of window W, x-position X and y-position Y. Area
6990 is 1, 3, 6 or 7 for the mode line, header line, left and right
6991 marginal area respectively. X is relative to the start of the text
6992 display area of W, so the width of bitmap areas and scroll bars
6993 must be subtracted to get a position relative to the start of the
6997 note_mode_line_or_margin_highlight (w
, x
, y
, portion
)
7001 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7002 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7003 Cursor cursor
= dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
7005 Lisp_Object string
, help
, map
, pos
;
7007 if (portion
== 1 || portion
== 3)
7008 string
= mode_line_string (w
, x
, y
, portion
== 1, &charpos
);
7010 string
= marginal_area_string (w
, x
, y
, portion
, &charpos
);
7012 if (STRINGP (string
))
7014 pos
= make_number (charpos
);
7016 /* If we're on a string with `help-echo' text property, arrange
7017 for the help to be displayed. This is done by setting the
7018 global variable help_echo to the help string. */
7019 help
= Fget_text_property (pos
, Qhelp_echo
, string
);
7023 XSETWINDOW (help_echo_window
, w
);
7024 help_echo_object
= string
;
7025 help_echo_pos
= charpos
;
7028 /* Change the mouse pointer according to what is under X/Y. */
7029 map
= Fget_text_property (pos
, Qlocal_map
, string
);
7031 map
= Fget_text_property (pos
, Qkeymap
, string
);
7033 cursor
= f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
;
7036 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7040 /* Take proper action when the mouse has moved to position X, Y on
7041 frame F as regards highlighting characters that have mouse-face
7042 properties. Also de-highlighting chars where the mouse was before.
7043 X and Y can be negative or out of range. */
7046 note_mouse_highlight (f
, x
, y
)
7050 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7054 Cursor cursor
= None
;
7057 /* When a menu is active, don't highlight because this looks odd. */
7058 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7059 if (popup_activated ())
7063 if (NILP (Vmouse_highlight
)
7064 || !f
->glyphs_initialized_p
)
7067 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= x
;
7068 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= y
;
7069 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= f
;
7071 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
)
7076 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 1;
7080 /* Which window is that in? */
7081 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, &portion
, 1);
7083 /* If we were displaying active text in another window, clear that. */
7084 if (! EQ (window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
))
7085 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
7087 /* Not on a window -> return. */
7088 if (!WINDOWP (window
))
7091 /* Convert to window-relative pixel coordinates. */
7092 w
= XWINDOW (window
);
7093 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w
, &x
, &y
);
7095 /* Handle tool-bar window differently since it doesn't display a
7097 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
7099 note_tool_bar_highlight (f
, x
, y
);
7103 /* Mouse is on the mode, header line or margin? */
7104 if (portion
== 1 || portion
== 3 || portion
== 6 || portion
== 7)
7106 note_mode_line_or_margin_highlight (w
, x
, y
, portion
);
7111 cursor
= f
->output_data
.x
->horizontal_drag_cursor
;
7113 cursor
= f
->output_data
.x
->text_cursor
;
7115 /* Are we in a window whose display is up to date?
7116 And verify the buffer's text has not changed. */
7117 b
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
7118 if (/* Within text portion of the window. */
7120 && EQ (w
->window_end_valid
, w
->buffer
)
7121 && XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) == BUF_MODIFF (b
)
7122 && XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
) == BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b
))
7124 int hpos
, vpos
, pos
, i
, area
;
7125 struct glyph
*glyph
;
7127 Lisp_Object mouse_face
= Qnil
, overlay
= Qnil
, position
;
7128 Lisp_Object
*overlay_vec
= NULL
;
7130 struct buffer
*obuf
;
7131 int obegv
, ozv
, same_region
;
7133 /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */
7134 glyph
= x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w
, x
, y
, &hpos
, &vpos
, &area
, 0);
7136 /* Clear mouse face if X/Y not over text. */
7138 || area
!= TEXT_AREA
7139 || !MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
)->displays_text_p
)
7141 if (clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
))
7146 pos
= glyph
->charpos
;
7147 object
= glyph
->object
;
7148 if (!STRINGP (object
) && !BUFFERP (object
))
7151 /* If we get an out-of-range value, return now; avoid an error. */
7152 if (BUFFERP (object
) && pos
> BUF_Z (b
))
7155 /* Make the window's buffer temporarily current for
7156 overlays_at and compute_char_face. */
7157 obuf
= current_buffer
;
7164 /* Is this char mouse-active or does it have help-echo? */
7165 position
= make_number (pos
);
7167 if (BUFFERP (object
))
7169 /* Put all the overlays we want in a vector in overlay_vec.
7170 Store the length in len. If there are more than 10, make
7171 enough space for all, and try again. */
7173 overlay_vec
= (Lisp_Object
*) alloca (len
* sizeof (Lisp_Object
));
7174 noverlays
= overlays_at (pos
, 0, &overlay_vec
, &len
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
7175 if (noverlays
> len
)
7178 overlay_vec
= (Lisp_Object
*) alloca (len
* sizeof (Lisp_Object
));
7179 noverlays
= overlays_at (pos
, 0, &overlay_vec
, &len
, NULL
, NULL
,0);
7182 /* Sort overlays into increasing priority order. */
7183 noverlays
= sort_overlays (overlay_vec
, noverlays
, w
);
7188 same_region
= (EQ (window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
7189 && vpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
7190 && vpos
<= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
7191 && (vpos
> dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
7192 || hpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
)
7193 && (vpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
7194 || hpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
7195 || dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
));
7200 /* Check mouse-face highlighting. */
7202 /* If there exists an overlay with mouse-face overlapping
7203 the one we are currently highlighting, we have to
7204 check if we enter the overlapping overlay, and then
7205 highlight only that. */
7206 || (OVERLAYP (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
)
7207 && mouse_face_overlay_overlaps (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
)))
7209 /* Find the highest priority overlay that has a mouse-face
7212 for (i
= noverlays
- 1; i
>= 0 && NILP (overlay
); --i
)
7214 mouse_face
= Foverlay_get (overlay_vec
[i
], Qmouse_face
);
7215 if (!NILP (mouse_face
))
7216 overlay
= overlay_vec
[i
];
7219 /* If we're actually highlighting the same overlay as
7220 before, there's no need to do that again. */
7222 && EQ (overlay
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
))
7223 goto check_help_echo
;
7225 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= overlay
;
7227 /* Clear the display of the old active region, if any. */
7228 if (clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
))
7231 /* If no overlay applies, get a text property. */
7233 mouse_face
= Fget_text_property (position
, Qmouse_face
, object
);
7235 /* Handle the overlay case. */
7236 if (!NILP (overlay
))
7238 /* Find the range of text around this char that
7239 should be active. */
7240 Lisp_Object before
, after
;
7243 before
= Foverlay_start (overlay
);
7244 after
= Foverlay_end (overlay
);
7245 /* Record this as the current active region. */
7246 fast_find_position (w
, XFASTINT (before
),
7247 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
,
7248 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
,
7249 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
,
7250 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
, Qnil
);
7252 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
7253 = !fast_find_position (w
, XFASTINT (after
),
7254 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
,
7255 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
,
7256 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
,
7257 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_y
, Qnil
);
7258 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= window
;
7259 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
7260 = face_at_buffer_position (w
, pos
, 0, 0,
7262 !dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
);
7264 /* Display it as active. */
7265 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
);
7268 /* Handle the text property case. */
7269 else if (!NILP (mouse_face
) && BUFFERP (object
))
7271 /* Find the range of text around this char that
7272 should be active. */
7273 Lisp_Object before
, after
, beginning
, end
;
7276 beginning
= Fmarker_position (w
->start
);
7277 end
= make_number (BUF_Z (XBUFFER (object
))
7278 - XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
));
7280 = Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos
+ 1),
7284 = Fnext_single_property_change (position
, Qmouse_face
,
7287 /* Record this as the current active region. */
7288 fast_find_position (w
, XFASTINT (before
),
7289 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
,
7290 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
,
7291 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
,
7292 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
, Qnil
);
7293 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
7294 = !fast_find_position (w
, XFASTINT (after
),
7295 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
,
7296 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
,
7297 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
,
7298 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_y
, Qnil
);
7299 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= window
;
7301 if (BUFFERP (object
))
7302 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
7303 = face_at_buffer_position (w
, pos
, 0, 0,
7305 !dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
);
7307 /* Display it as active. */
7308 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
);
7311 else if (!NILP (mouse_face
) && STRINGP (object
))
7316 b
= Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos
+ 1),
7319 e
= Fnext_single_property_change (position
, Qmouse_face
,
7322 b
= make_number (0);
7324 e
= make_number (SCHARS (object
) - 1);
7325 fast_find_string_pos (w
, XINT (b
), object
,
7326 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
,
7327 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
,
7328 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
,
7329 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
, 0);
7330 fast_find_string_pos (w
, XINT (e
), object
,
7331 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
,
7332 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
,
7333 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
,
7334 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_y
, 1);
7335 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
= 0;
7336 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= window
;
7337 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
7338 = face_at_string_position (w
, object
, pos
, 0, 0, 0, &ignore
,
7340 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
);
7343 else if (STRINGP (object
) && NILP (mouse_face
))
7345 /* A string which doesn't have mouse-face, but
7346 the text ``under'' it might have. */
7347 struct glyph_row
*r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
);
7348 int start
= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r
);
7350 pos
= string_buffer_position (w
, object
, start
);
7352 mouse_face
= get_char_property_and_overlay (make_number (pos
),
7356 if (!NILP (mouse_face
) && !NILP (overlay
))
7358 Lisp_Object before
= Foverlay_start (overlay
);
7359 Lisp_Object after
= Foverlay_end (overlay
);
7362 /* Note that we might not be able to find position
7363 BEFORE in the glyph matrix if the overlay is
7364 entirely covered by a `display' property. In
7365 this case, we overshoot. So let's stop in
7366 the glyph matrix before glyphs for OBJECT. */
7367 fast_find_position (w
, XFASTINT (before
),
7368 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
,
7369 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
,
7370 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
,
7371 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
,
7374 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
7375 = !fast_find_position (w
, XFASTINT (after
),
7376 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
,
7377 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
,
7378 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
,
7379 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_y
,
7381 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= window
;
7382 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
7383 = face_at_buffer_position (w
, pos
, 0, 0,
7385 !dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
);
7387 /* Display it as active. */
7388 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
);
7396 /* Look for a `help-echo' property. */
7398 Lisp_Object help
, overlay
;
7400 /* Check overlays first. */
7401 help
= overlay
= Qnil
;
7402 for (i
= noverlays
- 1; i
>= 0 && NILP (help
); --i
)
7404 overlay
= overlay_vec
[i
];
7405 help
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qhelp_echo
);
7411 help_echo_window
= window
;
7412 help_echo_object
= overlay
;
7413 help_echo_pos
= pos
;
7417 Lisp_Object object
= glyph
->object
;
7418 int charpos
= glyph
->charpos
;
7420 /* Try text properties. */
7421 if (STRINGP (object
)
7423 && charpos
< SCHARS (object
))
7425 help
= Fget_text_property (make_number (charpos
),
7426 Qhelp_echo
, object
);
7429 /* If the string itself doesn't specify a help-echo,
7430 see if the buffer text ``under'' it does. */
7432 = MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
);
7433 int start
= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r
);
7434 int pos
= string_buffer_position (w
, object
, start
);
7437 help
= Fget_char_property (make_number (pos
),
7438 Qhelp_echo
, w
->buffer
);
7447 else if (BUFFERP (object
)
7450 help
= Fget_text_property (make_number (charpos
), Qhelp_echo
,
7456 help_echo_window
= window
;
7457 help_echo_object
= object
;
7458 help_echo_pos
= charpos
;
7465 current_buffer
= obuf
;
7471 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7475 redo_mouse_highlight ()
7477 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
7478 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
7479 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
7480 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
7481 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
7486 /***********************************************************************
7488 ***********************************************************************/
7490 static int x_tool_bar_item
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int,
7491 struct glyph
**, int *, int *, int *));
7493 /* Tool-bar item index of the item on which a mouse button was pressed
7496 static int last_tool_bar_item
;
7499 /* Get information about the tool-bar item at position X/Y on frame F.
7500 Return in *GLYPH a pointer to the glyph of the tool-bar item in
7501 the current matrix of the tool-bar window of F, or NULL if not
7502 on a tool-bar item. Return in *PROP_IDX the index of the tool-bar
7503 item in F->tool_bar_items. Value is
7505 -1 if X/Y is not on a tool-bar item
7506 0 if X/Y is on the same item that was highlighted before.
7510 x_tool_bar_item (f
, x
, y
, glyph
, hpos
, vpos
, prop_idx
)
7513 struct glyph
**glyph
;
7514 int *hpos
, *vpos
, *prop_idx
;
7516 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7517 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
);
7520 /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */
7521 *glyph
= x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w
, x
, y
, hpos
, vpos
, &area
, 0);
7525 /* Get the start of this tool-bar item's properties in
7526 f->tool_bar_items. */
7527 if (!tool_bar_item_info (f
, *glyph
, prop_idx
))
7530 /* Is mouse on the highlighted item? */
7531 if (EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
7532 && *vpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
7533 && *vpos
<= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
7534 && (*vpos
> dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
7535 || *hpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
)
7536 && (*vpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
7537 || *hpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
7538 || dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
))
7545 /* Handle mouse button event on the tool-bar of frame F, at
7546 frame-relative coordinates X/Y. EVENT_TYPE is either ButtonPress
7550 x_handle_tool_bar_click (f
, button_event
)
7552 XButtonEvent
*button_event
;
7554 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7555 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
);
7556 int hpos
, vpos
, prop_idx
;
7557 struct glyph
*glyph
;
7558 Lisp_Object enabled_p
;
7559 int x
= button_event
->x
;
7560 int y
= button_event
->y
;
7562 /* If not on the highlighted tool-bar item, return. */
7563 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w
, &x
, &y
);
7564 if (x_tool_bar_item (f
, x
, y
, &glyph
, &hpos
, &vpos
, &prop_idx
) != 0)
7567 /* If item is disabled, do nothing. */
7568 enabled_p
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P
);
7569 if (NILP (enabled_p
))
7572 if (button_event
->type
== ButtonPress
)
7574 /* Show item in pressed state. */
7575 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
);
7576 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_image_state
= DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
;
7577 last_tool_bar_item
= prop_idx
;
7581 Lisp_Object key
, frame
;
7582 struct input_event event
;
7584 /* Show item in released state. */
7585 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
);
7586 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_image_state
= DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
7588 key
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_KEY
);
7590 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
7591 event
.kind
= TOOL_BAR_EVENT
;
7592 event
.frame_or_window
= frame
;
7594 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event
);
7596 event
.kind
= TOOL_BAR_EVENT
;
7597 event
.frame_or_window
= frame
;
7599 event
.modifiers
= x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
7600 button_event
->state
);
7601 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event
);
7602 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
7607 /* Possibly highlight a tool-bar item on frame F when mouse moves to
7608 tool-bar window-relative coordinates X/Y. Called from
7609 note_mouse_highlight. */
7612 note_tool_bar_highlight (f
, x
, y
)
7616 Lisp_Object window
= f
->tool_bar_window
;
7617 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
7618 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7620 struct glyph
*glyph
;
7621 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7623 Lisp_Object enabled_p
;
7625 enum draw_glyphs_face draw
;
7626 int mouse_down_p
, rc
;
7628 /* Function note_mouse_highlight is called with negative x(y
7629 values when mouse moves outside of the frame. */
7630 if (x
<= 0 || y
<= 0)
7632 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
7636 rc
= x_tool_bar_item (f
, x
, y
, &glyph
, &hpos
, &vpos
, &prop_idx
);
7639 /* Not on tool-bar item. */
7640 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
7646 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
7648 /* Mouse is down, but on different tool-bar item? */
7649 mouse_down_p
= (dpyinfo
->grabbed
7650 && f
== last_mouse_frame
7651 && FRAME_LIVE_P (f
));
7653 && last_tool_bar_item
!= prop_idx
)
7656 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_image_state
= DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
;
7657 draw
= mouse_down_p
? DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
: DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
7659 /* If tool-bar item is not enabled, don't highlight it. */
7660 enabled_p
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P
);
7661 if (!NILP (enabled_p
))
7663 /* Compute the x-position of the glyph. In front and past the
7664 image is a space. We include this is the highlighted area. */
7665 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
);
7666 for (i
= x
= 0; i
< hpos
; ++i
)
7667 x
+= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
][i
].pixel_width
;
7669 /* Record this as the current active region. */
7670 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= hpos
;
7671 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= vpos
;
7672 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
= x
;
7673 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
= row
->y
;
7674 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
= 0;
7676 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= hpos
+ 1;
7677 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= vpos
;
7678 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
= x
+ glyph
->pixel_width
;
7679 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_y
= row
->y
;
7680 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= window
;
7681 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
;
7683 /* Display it as active. */
7684 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, draw
);
7685 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_image_state
= draw
;
7690 /* Set help_echo to a help string to display for this tool-bar item.
7691 XTread_socket does the rest. */
7692 help_echo_object
= help_echo_window
= Qnil
;
7694 help_echo
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_HELP
);
7695 if (NILP (help_echo
))
7696 help_echo
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_CAPTION
);
7701 /* Find the glyph matrix position of buffer position CHARPOS in window
7702 *W. HPOS, *VPOS, *X, and *Y are set to the positions found. W's
7703 current glyphs must be up to date. If CHARPOS is above window
7704 start return (0, 0, 0, 0). If CHARPOS is after end of W, return end
7705 of last line in W. In the row containing CHARPOS, stop before glyphs
7706 having STOP as object. */
7708 #if 0 /* This is a version of fast_find_position that's more correct
7709 in the presence of hscrolling, for example. I didn't install
7710 it right away because the problem fixed is minor, it failed
7711 in 20.x as well, and I think it's too risky to install
7712 so near the release of 21.1. 2001-09-25 gerd. */
7715 fast_find_position (w
, charpos
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
, stop
)
7718 int *hpos
, *vpos
, *x
, *y
;
7721 struct glyph_row
*row
, *first
;
7722 struct glyph
*glyph
, *end
;
7723 int i
, past_end
= 0;
7725 first
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
7726 row
= row_containing_pos (w
, charpos
, first
, NULL
, 0);
7729 if (charpos
< MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first
))
7731 *x
= *y
= *hpos
= *vpos
= 0;
7736 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
));
7743 *vpos
= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row
, w
->current_matrix
);
7745 glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
7746 end
= glyph
+ row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
7748 /* Skip over glyphs not having an object at the start of the row.
7749 These are special glyphs like truncation marks on terminal
7751 if (row
->displays_text_p
)
7753 && INTEGERP (glyph
->object
)
7754 && !EQ (stop
, glyph
->object
)
7755 && glyph
->charpos
< 0)
7757 *x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
7762 && !INTEGERP (glyph
->object
)
7763 && !EQ (stop
, glyph
->object
)
7764 && (!BUFFERP (glyph
->object
)
7765 || glyph
->charpos
< charpos
))
7767 *x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
7771 *hpos
= glyph
- row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
7778 fast_find_position (w
, pos
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
, stop
)
7781 int *hpos
, *vpos
, *x
, *y
;
7786 int maybe_next_line_p
= 0;
7787 int line_start_position
;
7788 int yb
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
7789 struct glyph_row
*row
, *best_row
;
7790 int row_vpos
, best_row_vpos
;
7793 row
= best_row
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
7794 row_vpos
= best_row_vpos
= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row
, w
->current_matrix
);
7798 if (row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
7799 line_start_position
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
]->charpos
;
7801 line_start_position
= 0;
7803 if (line_start_position
> pos
)
7805 /* If the position sought is the end of the buffer,
7806 don't include the blank lines at the bottom of the window. */
7807 else if (line_start_position
== pos
7808 && pos
== BUF_ZV (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)))
7810 maybe_next_line_p
= 1;
7813 else if (line_start_position
> 0)
7816 best_row_vpos
= row_vpos
;
7819 if (row
->y
+ row
->height
>= yb
)
7826 /* Find the right column within BEST_ROW. */
7828 current_x
= best_row
->x
;
7829 for (i
= 0; i
< best_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]; i
++)
7831 struct glyph
*glyph
= best_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + i
;
7832 int charpos
= glyph
->charpos
;
7834 if (BUFFERP (glyph
->object
))
7839 *vpos
= best_row_vpos
;
7844 else if (charpos
> pos
)
7847 else if (EQ (glyph
->object
, stop
))
7852 current_x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
7855 /* If we're looking for the end of the buffer,
7856 and we didn't find it in the line we scanned,
7857 use the start of the following line. */
7858 if (maybe_next_line_p
)
7863 current_x
= best_row
->x
;
7866 *vpos
= best_row_vpos
;
7867 *hpos
= lastcol
+ 1;
7876 /* Find the position of the glyph for position POS in OBJECT in
7877 window W's current matrix, and return in *X, *Y the pixel
7878 coordinates, and return in *HPOS, *VPOS the column/row of the glyph.
7880 RIGHT_P non-zero means return the position of the right edge of the
7881 glyph, RIGHT_P zero means return the left edge position.
7883 If no glyph for POS exists in the matrix, return the position of
7884 the glyph with the next smaller position that is in the matrix, if
7885 RIGHT_P is zero. If RIGHT_P is non-zero, and no glyph for POS
7886 exists in the matrix, return the position of the glyph with the
7887 next larger position in OBJECT.
7889 Value is non-zero if a glyph was found. */
7892 fast_find_string_pos (w
, pos
, object
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
, right_p
)
7896 int *hpos
, *vpos
, *x
, *y
;
7899 int yb
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
7900 struct glyph_row
*r
;
7901 struct glyph
*best_glyph
= NULL
;
7902 struct glyph_row
*best_row
= NULL
;
7905 for (r
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
7906 r
->enabled_p
&& r
->y
< yb
;
7909 struct glyph
*g
= r
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
7910 struct glyph
*e
= g
+ r
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
7913 for (gx
= r
->x
; g
< e
; gx
+= g
->pixel_width
, ++g
)
7914 if (EQ (g
->object
, object
))
7916 if (g
->charpos
== pos
)
7923 else if (best_glyph
== NULL
7924 || ((abs (g
->charpos
- pos
)
7925 < abs (best_glyph
->charpos
- pos
))
7928 : g
->charpos
> pos
)))
7942 *hpos
= best_glyph
- best_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
7946 *x
+= best_glyph
->pixel_width
;
7951 *vpos
= best_row
- w
->current_matrix
->rows
;
7954 return best_glyph
!= NULL
;
7958 /* Display the active region described by mouse_face_*
7959 in its mouse-face if HL > 0, in its normal face if HL = 0. */
7962 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, draw
)
7963 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7964 enum draw_glyphs_face draw
;
7966 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
);
7967 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7969 if (/* If window is in the process of being destroyed, don't bother
7971 w
->current_matrix
!= NULL
7972 /* Don't update mouse highlight if hidden */
7973 && (draw
!= DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
|| !dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
7974 /* Recognize when we are called to operate on rows that don't exist
7975 anymore. This can happen when a window is split. */
7976 && dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
< w
->current_matrix
->nrows
)
7978 int phys_cursor_on_p
= w
->phys_cursor_on_p
;
7979 struct glyph_row
*row
, *first
, *last
;
7981 first
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
);
7982 last
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
);
7984 for (row
= first
; row
<= last
&& row
->enabled_p
; ++row
)
7986 int start_hpos
, end_hpos
, start_x
;
7988 /* For all but the first row, the highlight starts at column 0. */
7991 start_hpos
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
;
7992 start_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
;
8001 end_hpos
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
;
8003 end_hpos
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
8005 if (end_hpos
> start_hpos
)
8007 x_draw_glyphs (w
, start_x
, row
, TEXT_AREA
,
8008 start_hpos
, end_hpos
, draw
, 0);
8011 = draw
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
|| draw
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
8015 /* When we've written over the cursor, arrange for it to
8016 be displayed again. */
8017 if (phys_cursor_on_p
&& !w
->phys_cursor_on_p
)
8018 x_display_cursor (w
, 1,
8019 w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
,
8020 w
->phys_cursor
.x
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
);
8023 /* Change the mouse cursor. */
8024 if (draw
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
8025 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8026 f
->output_data
.x
->text_cursor
);
8027 else if (draw
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
8028 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8029 f
->output_data
.x
->cross_cursor
);
8031 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8032 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
8035 /* Clear out the mouse-highlighted active region.
8036 Redraw it un-highlighted first. Value is non-zero if mouse
8037 face was actually drawn unhighlighted. */
8040 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
)
8041 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8045 if (!NILP (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
))
8047 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
);
8051 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
8052 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
8053 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
8054 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
8059 /* Clear any mouse-face on window W. This function is part of the
8060 redisplay interface, and is called from try_window_id and similar
8061 functions to ensure the mouse-highlight is off. */
8064 x_clear_mouse_face (w
)
8067 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
8071 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
8072 if (EQ (window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
))
8073 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
8078 /* Just discard the mouse face information for frame F, if any.
8079 This is used when the size of F is changed. */
8082 cancel_mouse_face (f
)
8086 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8088 window
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
;
8089 if (! NILP (window
) && XFRAME (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
) == f
)
8091 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
8092 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
8093 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
8098 static int glyph_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*f
, int, int, XRectangle
*));
8101 /* Try to determine frame pixel position and size of the glyph under
8102 frame pixel coordinates X/Y on frame F . Return the position and
8103 size in *RECT. Value is non-zero if we could compute these
8107 glyph_rect (f
, x
, y
, rect
)
8113 int part
, found
= 0;
8115 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, &part
, 0);
8118 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
8119 struct glyph_row
*r
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
8120 struct glyph_row
*end
= r
+ w
->current_matrix
->nrows
- 1;
8122 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w
, &x
, &y
);
8124 for (; !found
&& r
< end
&& r
->enabled_p
; ++r
)
8127 struct glyph
*g
= r
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
8128 struct glyph
*end
= g
+ r
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
8131 for (gx
= r
->x
; !found
&& g
< end
; gx
+= g
->pixel_width
, ++g
)
8134 rect
->width
= g
->pixel_width
;
8135 rect
->height
= r
->height
;
8136 rect
->x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, gx
);
8137 rect
->y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, r
->y
);
8147 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
8148 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
8150 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
8151 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
8152 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
8153 position on the scroll bar.
8155 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
8156 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
8159 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
8160 was at this position.
8162 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
8164 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
8168 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
8171 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
8172 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
8174 unsigned long *time
;
8180 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
8181 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
8187 Window dummy_window
;
8190 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
8192 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
8193 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8194 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
8195 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
8197 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
8199 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
8200 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
8201 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
8203 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
8206 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
8207 a different screen. */
8210 /* The position on that root window. */
8213 /* More trash we can't trust. */
8216 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
8218 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
8220 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
8221 containing the pointer. */
8225 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
8230 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
8231 structure is changing at the same time this function
8232 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
8234 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
8236 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
8237 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
8239 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
8240 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
8241 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
8243 /* From-window, to-window. */
8244 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
8246 /* From-position, to-position. */
8247 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
8251 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
8257 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
8259 /* From-window, to-window. */
8262 /* From-position, to-position. */
8263 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
8268 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
8276 /* Now we know that:
8277 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
8278 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
8279 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
8280 (XTC did this the last time through), and
8281 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
8282 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
8283 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
8284 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
8285 never use them in that case.) */
8287 /* Is win one of our frames? */
8288 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
8290 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8291 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
8294 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
8295 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
8297 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8300 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
8303 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), count
);
8305 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
8308 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (win
);
8312 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
8318 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
8319 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
8323 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
8324 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
8325 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
8326 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
8327 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
8328 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
8329 the frame are divided into. */
8331 int width
, height
, gx
, gy
;
8334 if (glyph_rect (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &rect
))
8335 last_mouse_glyph
= rect
;
8338 width
= FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f1
);
8339 height
= FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f1
);
8343 /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to
8344 round down even for negative values. */
8349 gx
= (gx
+ width
- 1) / width
* width
;
8350 gy
= (gy
+ height
- 1) / height
* height
;
8352 last_mouse_glyph
.width
= width
;
8353 last_mouse_glyph
.height
= height
;
8354 last_mouse_glyph
.x
= gx
;
8355 last_mouse_glyph
.y
= gy
;
8361 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
8362 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
8363 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
8372 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8374 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
8375 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
8376 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
8377 that slows us down. */
8380 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
8381 struct atimer
*timer
;
8383 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated_flag
)
8386 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
8387 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
8392 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8395 /* Scroll bar support. */
8397 /* Given an X window ID, find the struct scroll_bar which manages it.
8398 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
8401 static struct scroll_bar
*
8402 x_window_to_scroll_bar (window_id
)
8407 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
8408 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
8411 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
8413 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
8414 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
8415 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame
))
8418 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
8420 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
8421 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
8422 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
8423 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
8424 ! GC_NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
8427 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
8428 if (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)) == window_id
)
8429 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
8436 #if defined USE_LUCID
8438 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
8439 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
8442 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
8447 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
8448 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
8451 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
8452 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
8454 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
8461 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
8464 /************************************************************************
8466 ************************************************************************/
8468 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
8470 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
8471 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
8472 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
8473 struct scroll_bar
*));
8474 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
8478 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
8480 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
8482 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
8483 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
8485 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
8487 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
8489 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
8491 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
8492 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
8494 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
8496 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
8497 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
8498 to avoid jerkyness. */
8500 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
8503 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
8504 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
8505 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
8506 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
8509 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
8512 XtPointer client_data
;
8516 Cardinal
*num_params
;
8522 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
8523 end_action
= "Release";
8524 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
8525 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
8526 end_action
= "EndScroll";
8527 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
8530 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
8531 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
8535 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
8536 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
8537 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
8538 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
8539 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
8540 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
8542 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
8543 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
8547 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
8548 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
8550 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
8551 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
8554 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
8555 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
8556 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
8557 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
8560 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
8562 int part
, portion
, whole
;
8565 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
8566 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
8567 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
8572 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
8573 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
8574 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
8575 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8576 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
8579 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
8580 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
8581 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
8582 into that array in the event. */
8583 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
8584 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
8587 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
8589 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
8590 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
8591 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
8593 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
8595 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
8596 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
8599 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
8600 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
8601 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
8602 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
8603 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
8604 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
8606 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
8607 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
8609 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
8610 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
8611 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
8612 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
8617 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
8621 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
8623 struct input_event
*ievent
;
8625 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
8630 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
8631 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
8633 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
8634 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
8636 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
8637 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
8639 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8640 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
8641 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
8642 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
8643 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
8644 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
8650 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
8653 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
8654 #define XM_SB_RANGE (XM_SB_MAX - XM_SB_MIN)
8657 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
8658 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
8659 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
8662 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
8664 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
8666 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
8667 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
8668 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
8672 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
8673 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
8674 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
8677 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
8678 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
8679 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
8682 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
8683 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
8684 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
8687 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
8688 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
8689 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
8693 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
8694 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
8697 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
8698 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
8699 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
8705 int dragging_down_p
= (INTEGERP (bar
->dragging
)
8706 && XINT (bar
->dragging
) <= cs
->value
);
8708 /* Get the slider size. */
8710 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
8713 whole
= XM_SB_RANGE
- slider_size
;
8714 portion
= min (cs
->value
- XM_SB_MIN
, whole
);
8715 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
8716 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
8720 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
8726 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
8727 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
8728 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
8733 #else /* !USE_MOTIF, i.e. Xaw. */
8736 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
8737 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
8738 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
8742 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
8744 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
8746 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
8747 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
8749 int whole
, portion
, height
;
8752 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
8754 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8758 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
8760 if (shown
< 1 && (abs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
8761 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
8762 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
8763 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
8764 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
8766 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
8768 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
8770 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
8771 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
8772 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
8773 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
8777 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
8778 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
8779 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
8780 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
8781 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
8782 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
8783 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
8786 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
8788 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
8790 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
8791 int position
= (int) call_data
;
8795 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
8797 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8800 if (abs (position
) >= height
)
8801 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
8803 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
8804 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
8805 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& abs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
8806 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
8808 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
8810 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
8811 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
8812 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
8813 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
8817 #endif /* not USE_MOTIF */
8820 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
8821 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
8824 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
8826 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
8832 char *scroll_bar_name
= "verticalScrollBar";
8833 unsigned long pixel
;
8838 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
8839 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
8840 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, XM_SB_MIN
); ++ac
;
8841 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
8842 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
8843 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
8844 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
8845 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
8847 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
8850 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
8854 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
8857 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
8861 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
8862 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
8864 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
8865 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
8867 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
8869 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
8871 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
8873 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
8875 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
8877 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
8880 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
8881 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
8883 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
8884 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
8885 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
8886 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
8888 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
8890 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
8891 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
8892 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
8893 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
8894 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
8895 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
8896 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
8897 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
8899 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
8902 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
8906 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
8909 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
8913 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
8915 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
8916 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
8918 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
8919 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
8920 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
8922 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
8924 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
8926 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
8927 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
8928 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
8930 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
8933 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
8934 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
8935 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
8936 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
8937 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
8939 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
8943 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
8944 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
8945 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
8947 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
8949 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
8952 /* Specify the colors. */
8953 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
8956 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], "topShadowPixel", pixel
);
8959 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
8962 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], "bottomShadowPixel", pixel
);
8967 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
8968 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
8972 char *val
= initial
;
8973 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
8974 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
8976 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
8977 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
8978 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? -sm */
8979 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
8983 /* Define callbacks. */
8984 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
8985 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
8988 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
8989 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
8991 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
8993 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
8994 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
8995 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
8996 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
8998 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
8999 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
9000 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
9001 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, xwindow
);
9007 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
9008 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
9011 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
9012 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
9013 int portion
, position
, whole
;
9015 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
9016 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
9023 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
9024 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
9025 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
9026 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
9027 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
9028 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
9029 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
9030 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
9031 its size, the update will often happen too late.
9032 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
9033 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
9034 portion
= XFASTINT (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->height
) * 30;
9035 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
9036 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
9043 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
9044 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
9047 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
9051 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
9052 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
9054 size
= shown
* XM_SB_RANGE
;
9055 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_RANGE
);
9056 size
= max (size
, 1);
9058 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
9059 value
= top
* XM_SB_RANGE
;
9060 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
9061 value
= max (value
, XM_SB_MIN
);
9063 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
9065 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
9071 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
9072 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
9076 float old_top
, old_shown
;
9078 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
9079 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
9080 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
9084 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
9085 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
9086 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
9089 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
9090 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
9092 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
9093 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
9094 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
9095 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
9097 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
9098 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
9102 ScrollbarWidget sb
= (ScrollbarWidget
) widget
;
9103 int scroll_mode
= 0;
9105 /* `scroll_mode' only exists with Xaw3d + ARROW_SCROLLBAR. */
9106 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
)
9108 /* Xaw3d stupidly ignores resize requests while dragging
9109 so we have to make it believe it's not in dragging mode. */
9110 scroll_mode
= sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
;
9111 if (scroll_mode
== 2)
9112 sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
= 0;
9115 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
9116 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
9117 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
9119 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
9122 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& scroll_mode
== 2)
9123 sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
= scroll_mode
;
9128 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
9133 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9137 /************************************************************************
9138 Scroll bars, general
9139 ************************************************************************/
9141 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
9142 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
9143 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
9146 static struct scroll_bar
*
9147 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
9149 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
9151 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
9152 struct scroll_bar
*bar
9153 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE
), Qnil
));
9157 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9158 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
9159 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9161 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
9165 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
9166 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
9167 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
;
9169 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
9170 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
9172 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
9174 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
9176 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
9177 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
9178 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
9179 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
9180 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9182 window_box_height (w
), False
);
9184 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9185 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
9186 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
9188 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
9190 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
9197 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, window
);
9199 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9201 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
9202 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
9203 XSETINT (bar
->left
, left
);
9204 XSETINT (bar
->width
, width
);
9205 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
9206 XSETINT (bar
->start
, 0);
9207 XSETINT (bar
->end
, 0);
9208 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
9210 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
9211 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
9213 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
9214 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
9215 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
9217 /* Map the window/widget. */
9218 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9220 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
9221 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
9222 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
9224 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
9225 max (height
, 1), 0);
9226 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
9228 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9229 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
9230 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9237 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
9239 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
9240 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
9241 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
9244 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
9245 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
9246 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
9247 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
9248 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
9250 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9253 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
9254 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
9258 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
9259 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
9260 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
9261 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
9263 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
9265 && start
== XINT (bar
->start
)
9266 && end
== XINT (bar
->end
))
9272 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, XINT (bar
->width
));
9273 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
9274 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
9276 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
9277 the distance between start and end. */
9279 int length
= end
- start
;
9283 else if (start
> top_range
)
9285 end
= start
+ length
;
9289 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
9293 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
9294 XSETINT (bar
->start
, start
);
9295 XSETINT (bar
->end
, end
);
9297 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
9298 if (end
> top_range
)
9301 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
9302 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
9303 that many pixels tall. */
9304 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
9306 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
9307 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
9309 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
9310 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
9311 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
9312 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
9313 inside_width
, start
,
9316 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
9317 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9318 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
9319 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9321 /* Draw the handle itself. */
9322 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
9323 /* x, y, width, height */
9324 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
9325 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
9326 inside_width
, end
- start
);
9328 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
9329 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9330 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
9331 f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
9333 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
9334 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
9335 if (end
< inside_height
)
9336 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
9337 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
9338 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
9339 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
9340 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
9348 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9350 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
9354 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
9355 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
9357 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
9360 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9361 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
9363 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
9366 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
9367 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
9373 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
9374 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
9375 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
9379 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
9381 int portion
, whole
, position
;
9383 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
9384 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
9385 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
9386 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
, window_height
;
9388 /* Get window dimensions. */
9389 window_box (w
, -1, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, &window_height
);
9391 width
= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
9392 height
= window_height
;
9394 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
9395 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f
))
9396 left
= XINT (w
->left
) + XINT (w
->width
) - FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
);
9398 left
= XFASTINT (w
->left
);
9399 left
*= CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
9400 left
+= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
9402 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
9403 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
9404 if (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
9405 sb_width
= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9409 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
9410 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9411 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f
))
9412 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
- (width
- sb_width
) / 2;
9414 sb_left
= left
+ (width
- sb_width
) / 2;
9416 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f
))
9417 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
9422 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
9423 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
9425 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
9428 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9429 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
9433 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
9437 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
9438 unsigned int mask
= 0;
9440 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
9444 if (sb_left
!= XINT (bar
->left
))
9446 if (top
!= XINT (bar
->top
))
9448 if (sb_width
!= XINT (bar
->width
))
9450 if (height
!= XINT (bar
->height
))
9453 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9455 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
9456 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
9457 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
9458 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9459 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
9461 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
9463 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
9464 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
9466 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
9467 max (height
, 1), 0);
9469 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9471 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
9472 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
9473 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
9475 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9476 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
9478 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9479 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
9480 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
9484 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
9485 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
9486 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
9489 int area_width
= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
9490 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
9491 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
9493 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_LEFT (f
))
9494 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9495 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
9496 rest
, height
, False
);
9498 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9499 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
9503 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
9508 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
9510 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
9512 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
9516 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9518 /* Remember new settings. */
9519 XSETINT (bar
->left
, sb_left
);
9520 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
9521 XSETINT (bar
->width
, sb_width
);
9522 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
9527 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9528 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
9529 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9530 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
9532 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
9534 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
9537 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
9540 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
9541 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
9542 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
9545 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9547 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
9551 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
9552 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
9553 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
9554 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
9555 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
9556 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
9557 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
9559 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
9560 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
9561 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
9564 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
9567 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
9568 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
9571 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
9572 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
9573 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
9574 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
9575 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
9576 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
9577 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
9582 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
9583 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
9586 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
9587 struct window
*window
;
9589 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
9592 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
9593 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
9596 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
9598 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
9599 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
9600 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
9602 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
9604 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
9605 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
9607 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
9608 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
9609 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
9611 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
9612 one or the other! */
9616 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
9618 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
9619 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
9621 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
9623 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
9624 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
9625 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
9628 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
9629 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
9632 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
9635 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
9637 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
9639 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
9640 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
9641 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
9643 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
9645 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9647 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9650 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
9653 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
9654 and they should get garbage-collected. */
9658 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
9659 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
9661 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
9665 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
9666 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
9669 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9671 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
9672 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
9673 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
9674 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
9678 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, XINT (bar
->start
), XINT (bar
->end
), 1);
9680 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
9681 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
9683 /* x, y, width, height */
9685 XINT (bar
->width
) - 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
9686 XINT (bar
->height
) - 1);
9690 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9693 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
9694 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
9696 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
9699 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9702 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
9703 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
9705 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
9707 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
9710 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
9711 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
9712 emacs_event
->modifiers
9713 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
9714 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
9715 event
->xbutton
.state
)
9716 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
9719 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
9720 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
9721 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
9724 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
9726 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
9729 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
9730 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
9733 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
9735 if (y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
9736 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
9737 else if (y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
9738 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
9740 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
9742 /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean
9743 they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide
9744 whether or not we're dragging. */
9746 /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're
9748 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
9749 && emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
9750 XSETINT (bar
->dragging
, y
- XINT (bar
->start
));
9753 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
9754 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
9755 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
9757 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
9758 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
9760 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
9761 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
9764 /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */
9766 /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of
9768 if (emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
9769 emacs_event
->x
= bar
->start
;
9771 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
9773 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
9776 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
9780 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
9782 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
9786 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
9787 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
9790 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
9792 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
9795 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
9797 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
9798 if (! GC_NILP (bar
->dragging
))
9800 /* Where should the handle be now? */
9801 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
9803 if (new_start
!= XINT (bar
->start
))
9805 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
9807 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
9812 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9814 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
9815 on the scroll bar. */
9818 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
9820 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
9821 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
9823 unsigned long *time
;
9825 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
9826 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
9827 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
9829 Window dummy_window
;
9831 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
9835 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
9837 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
9839 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
9840 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
9841 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
9843 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
9846 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
9853 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
9856 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
9858 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
9860 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
9861 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
9865 if (win_y
> top_range
)
9869 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
9871 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
9872 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
9873 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
9874 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
9875 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
9876 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
9878 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
9880 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
9881 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
9884 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
9887 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
9893 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
9894 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
9895 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
9899 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
9902 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9905 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
9906 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
9907 But in that case we should not clear them. */
9908 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
9909 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
9910 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
9911 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9912 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)),
9914 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9917 /* This processes Expose events from the menu-bar specific X event
9918 loop in xmenu.c. This allows to redisplay the frame if necessary
9919 when handling menu-bar or pop-up items. */
9922 process_expose_from_menu (event
)
9926 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9927 int frame_exposed_p
= 0;
9931 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (event
.xexpose
.display
);
9932 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
9935 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
9937 f
->async_visible
= 1;
9938 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9939 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
9940 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
9944 expose_frame (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
),
9945 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
9946 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
9947 frame_exposed_p
= 1;
9952 struct scroll_bar
*bar
9953 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
9956 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
9960 return frame_exposed_p
;
9963 /* Define a queue to save up SelectionRequest events for later handling. */
9965 struct selection_event_queue
9968 struct selection_event_queue
*next
;
9971 static struct selection_event_queue
*queue
;
9973 /* Nonzero means queue up certain events--don't process them yet. */
9975 static int x_queue_selection_requests
;
9977 /* Queue up an X event *EVENT, to be processed later. */
9980 x_queue_event (f
, event
)
9984 struct selection_event_queue
*queue_tmp
9985 = (struct selection_event_queue
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct selection_event_queue
));
9987 if (queue_tmp
!= NULL
)
9989 queue_tmp
->event
= *event
;
9990 queue_tmp
->next
= queue
;
9995 /* Take all the queued events and put them back
9996 so that they get processed afresh. */
9999 x_unqueue_events (display
)
10002 while (queue
!= NULL
)
10004 struct selection_event_queue
*queue_tmp
= queue
;
10005 XPutBackEvent (display
, &queue_tmp
->event
);
10006 queue
= queue_tmp
->next
;
10007 xfree ((char *)queue_tmp
);
10011 /* Start queuing SelectionRequest events. */
10014 x_start_queuing_selection_requests (display
)
10017 x_queue_selection_requests
++;
10020 /* Stop queuing SelectionRequest events. */
10023 x_stop_queuing_selection_requests (display
)
10026 x_queue_selection_requests
--;
10027 x_unqueue_events (display
);
10030 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
10033 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
10034 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
10035 sometimes don't work. */
10037 static Time enter_timestamp
;
10040 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
10041 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
10042 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
10043 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
10045 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
10046 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
10048 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
10050 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
10051 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
10053 static int temp_index
;
10054 static short temp_buffer
[100];
10056 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
10057 on a particular display. */
10059 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
10061 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
10062 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
10063 We try all the open displays, one by one.
10064 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
10066 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
10068 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
10071 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
10072 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
10073 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
10074 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
10075 if (numchars >= 1) \
10077 bufp->kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
10078 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); \
10079 bufp->arg = Qnil; \
10087 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
10088 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
10090 /* Read events coming from the X server.
10091 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
10092 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
10094 Events representing keys are stored in buffer BUFP,
10095 which can hold up to NUMCHARS characters.
10096 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
10097 thus pretending to be `read'.
10099 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
10102 XTread_socket (sd
, bufp
, numchars
, expected
)
10104 /* register */ struct input_event
*bufp
;
10105 /* register */ int numchars
;
10112 int event_found
= 0;
10113 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10114 struct coding_system coding
;
10116 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
10118 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
10122 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
10125 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
10126 input_signal_count
++;
10129 abort (); /* Don't think this happens. */
10133 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
10134 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
10135 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
10137 #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */
10139 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
10140 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
10141 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
10142 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
10143 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETFL
, 0);
10144 #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
10147 #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,
10148 and appears not to be used on any system any more.
10149 Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off
10150 for X connections. */
10152 #ifndef HAVE_SELECT
10153 if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_GETFL
, 0) & O_NDELAY
))
10155 extern int read_alarm_should_throw
;
10156 read_alarm_should_throw
= 1;
10157 XPeekEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
10158 read_alarm_should_throw
= 0;
10160 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
10164 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
10165 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
10167 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
10168 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
10173 count
+= x_session_check_input (bufp
, &numchars
);
10177 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
10179 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
10183 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
10184 XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
10185 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
10186 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
10188 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
10189 event
.xclient
.window
);
10190 if (XFilterEvent (&event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
))
10196 switch (event
.type
)
10198 case ClientMessage
:
10200 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
10201 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10202 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
10204 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
10205 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
10207 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
10208 could be the shell widget window
10209 if the frame has no title bar. */
10210 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
10212 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
10213 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
10214 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
10216 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
10217 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
10218 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
10219 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
10220 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
10223 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
10224 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
10225 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
10226 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
10229 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
10230 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
10231 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
10234 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
10235 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
10236 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
10237 int count
= x_catch_errors (d
);
10238 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
10239 /* The ICCCM says this is
10240 the only valid choice. */
10242 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
10243 /* This is needed to detect the error
10244 if there is an error. */
10246 x_uncatch_errors (d
, count
);
10248 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
10251 else if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
10252 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
10254 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
10255 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
10256 the session manager, who's looking for such a
10257 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
10258 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
10259 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
10260 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
10261 session manager and one for this. */
10264 && ! x_session_have_connection ()
10268 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
10269 event
.xclient
.window
);
10270 /* This is just so we only give real data once
10271 for a single Emacs process. */
10272 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
10273 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
10274 event
.xclient
.window
,
10275 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
10277 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
10278 event
.xclient
.window
,
10282 else if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
10283 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
10286 = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
10287 event
.xclient
.window
);
10294 bufp
->kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
10295 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
10304 else if (event
.xclient
.message_type
10305 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
10308 else if (event
.xclient
.message_type
10309 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
10313 = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
10315 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
10316 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
10320 f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
= new_x
;
10321 f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
= new_y
;
10324 #ifdef HACK_EDITRES
10325 else if (event
.xclient
.message_type
10326 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
10329 = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
10330 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
10333 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
10334 else if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
10335 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
10336 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
10337 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
10339 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
10340 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
10341 currently never do because we are interested in
10342 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
10343 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
10345 = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
10346 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
10347 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10349 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10350 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
10351 we construct an input_event. */
10352 else if (event
.xclient
.message_type
10353 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
10355 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, bufp
);
10356 ++bufp
, ++count
, --numchars
;
10359 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
10365 case SelectionNotify
:
10366 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10367 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
10369 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10370 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
10373 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
10374 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10375 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
10377 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10379 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
10384 bufp
->kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
10385 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (bufp
) = eventp
->display
;
10386 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (bufp
) = eventp
->selection
;
10387 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (bufp
) = eventp
->time
;
10388 bufp
->frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
10397 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
10398 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10399 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
10401 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10402 if (x_queue_selection_requests
)
10403 x_queue_event (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
),
10407 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
10408 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
10413 bufp
->kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
10414 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (bufp
) = eventp
->display
;
10415 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (bufp
) = eventp
->requestor
;
10416 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (bufp
) = eventp
->selection
;
10417 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (bufp
) = eventp
->target
;
10418 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (bufp
) = eventp
->property
;
10419 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (bufp
) = eventp
->time
;
10420 bufp
->frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
10429 case PropertyNotify
:
10430 #if 0 /* This is plain wrong. In the case that we are waiting for a
10431 PropertyNotify used as an ACK in incremental selection
10432 transfer, the property will be on the receiver's window. */
10433 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
10434 if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
))
10438 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
10441 case ReparentNotify
:
10442 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
10446 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
10447 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
10448 f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
= x
;
10449 f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
= y
;
10455 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
10458 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
10460 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
10462 f
->async_visible
= 1;
10463 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
10464 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
10465 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
10468 expose_frame (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
10469 event
.xexpose
.window
),
10470 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
10471 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
10475 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10476 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
10478 #if defined USE_LUCID
10479 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
10480 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
10481 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
10484 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
10486 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
10488 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
10490 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10491 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
10493 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
10494 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
10497 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
10498 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10501 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10502 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
10506 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
10507 source area was obscured or not
10509 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
10513 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
10514 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
10515 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
10517 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10520 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10523 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
10524 source area was completely
10529 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
10530 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
10533 redo_mouse_highlight ();
10536 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
10537 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
10538 the frame was deleted. */
10540 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
10541 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
10542 display that won't ever be seen. */
10543 f
->async_visible
= 0;
10544 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
10545 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
10546 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
10547 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
10548 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
10549 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
10550 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
10552 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
10554 bufp
->kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
10555 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
10565 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
10566 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
10567 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
10570 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
10571 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
10572 frame is visible. */
10573 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
10576 f
->async_visible
= 1;
10577 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
10578 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
10580 /* wait_reading_process_input will notice this and update
10581 the frame's display structures. */
10582 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
10586 bufp
->kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
10587 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
10593 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
10594 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
10595 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
10596 to update the frame titles
10597 in case this is the second frame. */
10598 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
10604 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
10605 if (popup_activated_flag
)
10608 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
10610 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
))
10612 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
10613 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
10616 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10619 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
10620 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
10621 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
10622 event
.xkey
.window
);
10623 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
10625 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
10626 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
10629 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
10633 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
10634 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
10635 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
10638 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
10639 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
10640 status_return even if the input is too long to
10641 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
10642 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
10643 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
10644 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
10645 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
10646 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
10647 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
10649 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
10652 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
10653 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
10654 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
10656 /* This will have to go some day... */
10658 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
10659 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
10660 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
10661 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
10662 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
10663 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
10664 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
10666 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
10667 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
10668 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
10669 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
10670 not it is combined with Meta. */
10671 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
10672 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
10677 Status status_return
;
10679 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
10680 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
10681 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
10682 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
10684 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
10686 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
10687 copy_bufptr
= (char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
10688 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
10689 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
10690 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
10693 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
10694 #if 0 && defined X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING
10695 else if (status_return
== XLookupKeySym
)
10696 { /* Try again but with utf-8. */
10697 coding_system
= Qutf_8
;
10698 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
10699 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
10700 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
10702 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
10704 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
10705 copy_bufptr
= (char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
10706 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
10709 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
10715 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
10717 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
10722 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
10723 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
10727 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
10728 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
10731 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
10732 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
10736 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
10740 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
10741 || keysym
== XK_Delete
10742 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
10743 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
&& keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
10745 || (keysym
>= XK_Kanji
&& keysym
<= XK_Eisu_toggle
)
10746 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
10747 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
10749 /* This recognizes the "extended function keys".
10750 It seems there's no cleaner way.
10751 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling mode_switch
10753 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
10754 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
10756 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
10757 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
10759 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
10760 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
10762 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
10763 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
10765 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
10766 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
10768 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
10769 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
10771 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
10772 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
10774 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
10775 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
10777 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
10778 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
10780 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
10781 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
10783 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
10784 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
10786 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
10787 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
10789 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
10790 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
10792 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
10793 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
10795 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
10796 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
10797 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
10798 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
10799 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
10800 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
10802 #ifdef XK_Mode_switch
10803 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Mode_switch
)
10806 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Num_Lock
)
10808 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R5 */
10809 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock to
10810 XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock doesn't have real
10811 modifiers but should be treated similarly
10812 to Mode_switch by Emacs. */
10813 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
10814 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) >= XK_ISO_Lock
10815 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
) <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
10821 if (temp_index
== sizeof temp_buffer
/ sizeof (short))
10823 temp_buffer
[temp_index
++] = keysym
;
10824 /* First deal with keysyms which have
10825 defined translations to characters. */
10826 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
10827 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII
10830 bufp
->kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
10833 else if (! EQ ((c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
10838 bufp
->kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
10839 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
10840 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
10845 /* Not a character keysym.
10846 make_lispy_event will convert it to a
10848 bufp
->kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
10849 bufp
->code
= keysym
;
10851 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
10854 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
10856 bufp
->timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
10861 else if (numchars
> nbytes
)
10862 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
10867 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
10868 which depends on which X*LookupString function
10869 we used just above and the locale. */
10870 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
10871 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
10872 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
10873 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
10874 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
10875 gives us composition information. */
10876 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
10878 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
10880 if (temp_index
== (sizeof temp_buffer
10883 temp_buffer
[temp_index
++] = copy_bufptr
[i
];
10887 /* Decode the input data. */
10891 require
= decoding_buffer_size (&coding
, nbytes
);
10892 p
= (unsigned char *) alloca (require
);
10893 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
10894 /* We explicitely disable composition
10895 handling because key data should
10896 not contain any composition
10898 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
10899 decode_coding (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, p
,
10901 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
10902 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
10906 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
10907 character events. */
10908 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
10910 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
10911 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
10913 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
,
10916 bufp
->kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
10917 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
10918 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
10920 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
10923 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
10925 bufp
->timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
10930 numchars
-= nchars
;
10932 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
10942 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
10943 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
10952 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
10953 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
10964 n
= x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, bufp
, numchars
);
10967 bufp
+= n
, count
+= n
, numchars
-= n
;
10970 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
10973 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
)
10975 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
10976 if (f
&& (!(f
->auto_raise
)
10977 || !(f
->auto_lower
)
10978 || (event
.xcrossing
.time
- enter_timestamp
) > 500))
10980 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
10981 enter_timestamp
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
10984 else if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
10985 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
10988 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
10989 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
10990 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
10991 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
10999 n
= x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, bufp
, numchars
);
11002 bufp
+= n
, count
+= n
, numchars
-= n
;
11012 n
= x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, bufp
, numchars
);
11015 bufp
+= n
, count
+= n
, numchars
-= n
;
11019 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
11022 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
11024 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
11025 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
11026 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
11027 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
11030 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
11031 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
11032 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
11033 the mouse leaves the frame. */
11034 if (any_help_event_p
)
11039 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
11041 n
= gen_help_event (bufp
, numchars
,
11042 Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
11043 bufp
+= n
, count
+= n
, numchars
-= n
;
11053 n
= x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, bufp
, numchars
);
11056 bufp
+= n
, count
+= n
, numchars
-= n
;
11064 previous_help_echo
= help_echo
;
11065 help_echo
= help_echo_object
= help_echo_window
= Qnil
;
11066 help_echo_pos
= -1;
11068 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
11069 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
11070 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
11072 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
11074 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
11076 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
11077 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
11083 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed. */
11084 if (mouse_autoselect_window
)
11086 Lisp_Object window
;
11089 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
11090 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
11093 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
11094 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
11095 will be selected iff it is active. */
11096 if (WINDOWP(window
)
11097 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
11098 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
11101 bufp
->kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
11102 bufp
->frame_or_window
= window
;
11104 ++bufp
, ++count
, --numchars
;
11107 last_window
=window
;
11109 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
11113 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
11114 struct scroll_bar
*bar
11115 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.window
);
11118 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
11119 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
11121 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
11122 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
11123 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
11126 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo
11127 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
11128 if (!NILP (help_echo
)
11129 || !NILP (previous_help_echo
))
11135 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
11139 any_help_event_p
= 1;
11140 n
= gen_help_event (bufp
, numchars
, help_echo
, frame
,
11141 help_echo_window
, help_echo_object
,
11143 bufp
+= n
, count
+= n
, numchars
-= n
;
11149 case ConfigureNotify
:
11150 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
11153 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11154 /* If there is a pending resize for fullscreen, don't
11155 do this one, the right one will come later.
11156 The toolkit version doesn't seem to need this, but we
11157 need to reset it below. */
11159 ((f
->output_data
.x
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
11160 && FRAME_NEW_WIDTH (f
) != 0);
11161 int rows
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
11162 int columns
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
11166 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
11167 is called by the code that handles resizing
11168 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
11170 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
11171 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
11172 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
11173 if (columns
!= f
->width
11174 || rows
!= f
->height
11175 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= f
->output_data
.x
->pixel_width
11176 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= f
->output_data
.x
->pixel_height
)
11178 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
11179 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
11180 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
11184 f
->output_data
.x
->pixel_width
= event
.xconfigure
.width
;
11185 f
->output_data
.x
->pixel_height
= event
.xconfigure
.height
;
11187 /* What we have now is the position of Emacs's own window.
11188 Convert that to the position of the window manager window. */
11189 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
,
11190 &f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
);
11192 x_check_fullscreen_move(f
);
11193 if (f
->output_data
.x
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
11194 f
->output_data
.x
->want_fullscreen
&=
11195 ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT
|FULLSCREEN_BOTH
);
11197 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
11198 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
11201 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
11203 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
11204 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
11205 f
->output_data
.x
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
11206 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
11212 case ButtonRelease
:
11214 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
11215 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
11216 struct input_event emacs_event
;
11217 int tool_bar_p
= 0;
11219 emacs_event
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
11220 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
11222 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
11223 && last_mouse_frame
11224 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
11225 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
11227 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
11231 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
11232 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
11233 && XFASTINT (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)->height
))
11235 Lisp_Object window
;
11238 x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
11239 y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
11242 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, &p
, 1);
11243 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
11245 x_handle_tool_bar_click (f
, &event
.xbutton
);
11251 if (!dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
11252 || f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
11253 construct_mouse_click (&emacs_event
, &event
, f
);
11257 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
11258 struct scroll_bar
*bar
11259 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.window
);
11262 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &emacs_event
);
11263 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
11266 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
11268 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
11269 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
11270 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened
11271 before this event; any subsequent mouse-movement
11272 Emacs events should reflect only motion after
11273 the ButtonPress. */
11275 f
->mouse_moved
= 0;
11278 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
11282 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
11285 if (numchars
>= 1 && emacs_event
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
11287 bcopy (&emacs_event
, bufp
, sizeof (struct input_event
));
11293 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11294 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
11295 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
11296 don't pass it to Xt right now.
11297 Instead, save it away
11298 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
11299 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
11300 if (f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
11301 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
11302 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
11303 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
11304 && event
.xbutton
.x
< f
->output_data
.x
->pixel_width
11305 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
11306 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
11307 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
11309 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
11310 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
11312 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
11314 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
11318 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
11319 but I am trying to be cautious. */
11320 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
11322 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
11324 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
11325 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
11326 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
11331 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
11334 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11338 case CirculateNotify
:
11341 case CirculateRequest
:
11344 case VisibilityNotify
:
11347 case MappingNotify
:
11348 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
11350 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
11352 case MappingModifier
:
11353 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
11354 /* This is meant to fall through. */
11355 case MappingKeyboard
:
11356 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
11362 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11364 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
11366 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11374 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
11375 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
11378 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
11379 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
11380 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
11382 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
11386 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
11387 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
11389 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
11391 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
11392 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
11396 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
11398 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
11399 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
11401 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
11402 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
11413 /***********************************************************************
11415 ***********************************************************************/
11417 /* Notice when the text cursor of window W has been completely
11418 overwritten by a drawing operation that outputs glyphs in AREA
11419 starting at X0 and ending at X1 in the line starting at Y0 and
11420 ending at Y1. X coordinates are area-relative. X1 < 0 means all
11421 the rest of the line after X0 has been written. Y coordinates
11422 are window-relative. */
11425 notice_overwritten_cursor (w
, area
, x0
, x1
, y0
, y1
)
11427 enum glyph_row_area area
;
11428 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
;
11430 if (area
== TEXT_AREA
&& w
->phys_cursor_on_p
)
11432 int cx0
= w
->phys_cursor
.x
;
11433 int cx1
= cx0
+ w
->phys_cursor_width
;
11434 int cy0
= w
->phys_cursor
.y
;
11435 int cy1
= cy0
+ w
->phys_cursor_height
;
11437 if (x0
<= cx0
&& (x1
< 0 || x1
>= cx1
))
11439 /* The cursor image will be completely removed from the
11440 screen if the output area intersects the cursor area in
11441 y-direction. When we draw in [y0 y1[, and some part of
11442 the cursor is at y < y0, that part must have been drawn
11443 before. When scrolling, the cursor is erased before
11444 actually scrolling, so we don't come here. When not
11445 scrolling, the rows above the old cursor row must have
11446 changed, and in this case these rows must have written
11447 over the cursor image.
11449 Likewise if part of the cursor is below y1, with the
11450 exception of the cursor being in the first blank row at
11451 the buffer and window end because update_text_area
11452 doesn't draw that row. (Except when it does, but
11453 that's handled in update_text_area.) */
11455 if (((y0
>= cy0
&& y0
< cy1
) || (y1
> cy0
&& y1
< cy1
))
11456 && w
->current_matrix
->rows
[w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
].displays_text_p
)
11457 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 0;
11463 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
11464 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
11465 WHOLE_LINE_P non-zero means include the areas used for truncation
11466 mark display and alike in the clipping rectangle.
11468 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
11469 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
11470 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
11473 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
, whole_line_p
)
11475 struct glyph_row
*row
;
11479 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
11480 XRectangle clip_rect
;
11481 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
, window_height
;
11483 window_box (w
, -1, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, &window_height
);
11485 clip_rect
.x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, 0);
11486 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
11487 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
11488 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
11489 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
11491 /* If clipping to the whole line, including trunc marks, extend
11492 the rectangle to the left and increase its width. */
11495 clip_rect
.x
-= FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
);
11496 clip_rect
.width
+= FRAME_X_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
);
11499 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
11503 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
11506 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
11508 struct glyph_row
*row
;
11510 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
11511 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
11512 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
11515 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
11518 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates from window-relative
11520 x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
11521 y
= (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
)
11522 + row
->ascent
- w
->phys_cursor_ascent
);
11523 h
= row
->height
- 1;
11525 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
11526 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
11527 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
11528 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
11531 /* Compute the width of the rectangle to draw. If on a stretch
11532 glyph, and `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a
11533 rectangle as wide as the glyph, but use a canonical character
11535 wd
= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- 1;
11536 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
11537 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
11538 wd
= min (CANON_X_UNIT (f
), wd
);
11539 w
->phys_cursor_width
= wd
;
11541 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
11542 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
11543 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
11544 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
11545 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
11547 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
11548 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
11549 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
11551 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
11552 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
, 0);
11553 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
);
11554 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
11558 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
11560 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
11561 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
11562 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
11566 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
11568 struct glyph_row
*row
;
11570 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
11572 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
11573 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
11575 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
11576 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
11577 and mini-buffer. */
11578 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
11579 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
11582 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
11583 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
11584 the bar might not be in the window. */
11585 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
11587 struct glyph_row
*row
;
11588 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
11589 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
11593 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
11594 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
11595 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
11596 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
11597 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
11600 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
11601 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
11602 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
11603 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
11604 that the glyph is legible. */
11605 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
11606 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
11608 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
11609 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
11612 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
11615 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
11616 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
11620 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
11621 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
11623 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
11624 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
, 0);
11626 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
11627 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
11628 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
11629 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
11630 width
, row
->height
);
11632 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
11633 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
11634 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
11635 row
->height
- width
),
11636 cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
11639 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
11644 /* Clear the cursor of window W to background color, and mark the
11645 cursor as not shown. This is used when the text where the cursor
11646 is is about to be rewritten. */
11652 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w
->frame
)) && w
->phys_cursor_on_p
)
11653 x_update_window_cursor (w
, 0);
11657 /* Draw the cursor glyph of window W in glyph row ROW. See the
11658 comment of x_draw_glyphs for the meaning of HL. */
11661 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, hl
)
11663 struct glyph_row
*row
;
11664 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
;
11666 /* If cursor hpos is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can
11667 happen in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area
11668 glyphs and mini-buffer. */
11669 if (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
11671 int on_p
= w
->phys_cursor_on_p
;
11674 x1
= x_draw_glyphs (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
, row
, TEXT_AREA
,
11675 w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
, w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
+ 1,
11677 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= on_p
;
11679 if (hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
11680 w
->phys_cursor_width
= x1
- w
->phys_cursor
.x
;
11682 /* When we erase the cursor, and ROW is overlapped by other
11683 rows, make sure that these overlapping parts of other rows
11685 else if (hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
&& row
->overlapped_p
)
11687 if (row
> w
->current_matrix
->rows
11688 && MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row
- 1))
11689 x_fix_overlapping_area (w
, row
- 1, TEXT_AREA
);
11691 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) < window_text_bottom_y (w
)
11692 && MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row
+ 1))
11693 x_fix_overlapping_area (w
, row
+ 1, TEXT_AREA
);
11699 /* Erase the image of a cursor of window W from the screen. */
11702 x_erase_phys_cursor (w
)
11705 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
11706 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
11707 int hpos
= w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
;
11708 int vpos
= w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
;
11709 int mouse_face_here_p
= 0;
11710 struct glyph_matrix
*active_glyphs
= w
->current_matrix
;
11711 struct glyph_row
*cursor_row
;
11712 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
11713 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
;
11715 /* No cursor displayed or row invalidated => nothing to do on the
11717 if (w
->phys_cursor_type
== NO_CURSOR
)
11718 goto mark_cursor_off
;
11720 /* VPOS >= active_glyphs->nrows means that window has been resized.
11721 Don't bother to erase the cursor. */
11722 if (vpos
>= active_glyphs
->nrows
)
11723 goto mark_cursor_off
;
11725 /* If row containing cursor is marked invalid, there is nothing we
11727 cursor_row
= MATRIX_ROW (active_glyphs
, vpos
);
11728 if (!cursor_row
->enabled_p
)
11729 goto mark_cursor_off
;
11731 /* If row is completely invisible, don't attempt to delete a cursor which
11732 isn't there. This can happen if cursor is at top of a window, and
11733 we switch to a buffer with a header line in that window. */
11734 if (cursor_row
->visible_height
<= 0)
11735 goto mark_cursor_off
;
11737 /* This can happen when the new row is shorter than the old one.
11738 In this case, either x_draw_glyphs or clear_end_of_line
11739 should have cleared the cursor. Note that we wouldn't be
11740 able to erase the cursor in this case because we don't have a
11741 cursor glyph at hand. */
11742 if (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= cursor_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
11743 goto mark_cursor_off
;
11745 /* If the cursor is in the mouse face area, redisplay that when
11746 we clear the cursor. */
11747 if (! NILP (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
11748 && w
== XWINDOW (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
11749 && (vpos
> dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
11750 || (vpos
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
11751 && hpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
))
11752 && (vpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
11753 || (vpos
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
11754 && hpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
))
11755 /* Don't redraw the cursor's spot in mouse face if it is at the
11756 end of a line (on a newline). The cursor appears there, but
11757 mouse highlighting does not. */
11758 && cursor_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] > hpos
)
11759 mouse_face_here_p
= 1;
11761 /* Maybe clear the display under the cursor. */
11762 if (w
->phys_cursor_type
== HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
)
11765 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
11767 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
11768 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
11769 goto mark_cursor_off
;
11771 x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
11773 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
11775 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
11777 cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
11778 cursor_row
->visible_height
,
11782 /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */
11783 if (mouse_face_here_p
)
11784 hl
= DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
;
11786 hl
= DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
;
11787 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, cursor_row
, hl
);
11790 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 0;
11791 w
->phys_cursor_type
= NO_CURSOR
;
11795 /* Non-zero if physical cursor of window W is within mouse face. */
11798 cursor_in_mouse_face_p (w
)
11801 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
11802 int in_mouse_face
= 0;
11804 if (WINDOWP (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
11805 && XWINDOW (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
) == w
)
11807 int hpos
= w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
;
11808 int vpos
= w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
;
11810 if (vpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
11811 && vpos
<= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
11812 && (vpos
> dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
11813 || hpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
)
11814 && (vpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
11815 || hpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
11816 || dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
))
11820 return in_mouse_face
;
11824 /* Display or clear cursor of window W. If ON is zero, clear the
11825 cursor. If it is non-zero, display the cursor. If ON is nonzero,
11826 where to put the cursor is specified by HPOS, VPOS, X and Y. */
11829 x_display_and_set_cursor (w
, on
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
)
11831 int on
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
;
11833 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
11834 int new_cursor_type
;
11835 int new_cursor_width
;
11837 struct glyph_matrix
*current_glyphs
;
11838 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
11839 struct glyph
*glyph
;
11841 /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged
11842 windows and frames; in the latter case, the frame or window may
11843 be in the midst of changing its size, and x and y may be off the
11845 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
11846 || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
)
11847 || vpos
>= w
->current_matrix
->nrows
11848 || hpos
>= w
->current_matrix
->matrix_w
)
11851 /* If cursor is off and we want it off, return quickly. */
11852 if (!on
&& !w
->phys_cursor_on_p
)
11855 current_glyphs
= w
->current_matrix
;
11856 glyph_row
= MATRIX_ROW (current_glyphs
, vpos
);
11857 glyph
= glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + hpos
;
11859 /* If cursor row is not enabled, we don't really know where to
11860 display the cursor. */
11861 if (!glyph_row
->enabled_p
)
11863 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 0;
11867 xassert (interrupt_input_blocked
);
11869 /* Set new_cursor_type to the cursor we want to be displayed. */
11870 new_cursor_type
= get_window_cursor_type (w
, &new_cursor_width
, &active_cursor
);
11872 /* If cursor is currently being shown and we don't want it to be or
11873 it is in the wrong place, or the cursor type is not what we want,
11875 if (w
->phys_cursor_on_p
11877 || w
->phys_cursor
.x
!= x
11878 || w
->phys_cursor
.y
!= y
11879 || new_cursor_type
!= w
->phys_cursor_type
11880 || ((new_cursor_type
== BAR_CURSOR
|| new_cursor_type
== HBAR_CURSOR
)
11881 && new_cursor_width
!= w
->phys_cursor_width
)))
11882 x_erase_phys_cursor (w
);
11884 /* Don't check phys_cursor_on_p here because that flag is only set
11885 to zero in some cases where we know that the cursor has been
11886 completely erased, to avoid the extra work of erasing the cursor
11887 twice. In other words, phys_cursor_on_p can be 1 and the cursor
11888 still not be visible, or it has only been partly erased. */
11891 w
->phys_cursor_ascent
= glyph_row
->ascent
;
11892 w
->phys_cursor_height
= glyph_row
->height
;
11894 /* Set phys_cursor_.* before x_draw_.* is called because some
11895 of them may need the information. */
11896 w
->phys_cursor
.x
= x
;
11897 w
->phys_cursor
.y
= glyph_row
->y
;
11898 w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
= hpos
;
11899 w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
= vpos
;
11900 w
->phys_cursor_type
= new_cursor_type
;
11901 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
11903 switch (new_cursor_type
)
11905 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
11906 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
11909 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
11910 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
11914 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, new_cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
11918 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, new_cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
11922 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
11930 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
11931 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
11932 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
11937 if (updating_frame
!= f
)
11938 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
11943 /* Display the cursor on window W, or clear it. X and Y are window
11944 relative pixel coordinates. HPOS and VPOS are glyph matrix
11945 positions. If W is not the selected window, display a hollow
11946 cursor. ON non-zero means display the cursor at X, Y which
11947 correspond to HPOS, VPOS, otherwise it is cleared. */
11950 x_display_cursor (w
, on
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
)
11952 int on
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
;
11955 x_display_and_set_cursor (w
, on
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
);
11960 /* Display the cursor on window W, or clear it, according to ON_P.
11961 Don't change the cursor's position. */
11964 x_update_cursor (f
, on_p
)
11967 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
), on_p
);
11971 /* Call x_update_window_cursor with parameter ON_P on all leaf windows
11972 in the window tree rooted at W. */
11975 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (w
, on_p
)
11981 if (!NILP (w
->hchild
))
11982 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w
->hchild
), on_p
);
11983 else if (!NILP (w
->vchild
))
11984 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w
->vchild
), on_p
);
11986 x_update_window_cursor (w
, on_p
);
11988 w
= NILP (w
->next
) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w
->next
);
11993 /* Switch the display of W's cursor on or off, according to the value
11997 x_update_window_cursor (w
, on
)
12001 /* Don't update cursor in windows whose frame is in the process
12002 of being deleted. */
12003 if (w
->current_matrix
)
12006 x_display_and_set_cursor (w
, on
, w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
,
12007 w
->phys_cursor
.x
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
);
12017 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
12020 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
12026 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
12029 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap if any. */
12030 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
12031 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
12032 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
12034 if (STRINGP (file
))
12035 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
12038 /* Create the GNU bitmap if necessary. */
12039 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
12040 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
12041 = x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_bits
,
12042 gnu_width
, gnu_height
);
12044 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap,
12045 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
12046 As a result, the GNU bitmap is never freed.
12047 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
12048 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
12050 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
12053 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
12054 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
12060 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
12061 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
12064 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
12068 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
12073 XTextProperty text
;
12074 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
12075 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
12077 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
12078 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12079 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
12081 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12082 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
12083 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12085 #else /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
12086 XSetIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), icon_name
);
12087 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
12089 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
12090 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
12091 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
12092 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
12097 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
12099 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
12100 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string. */
12102 static Lisp_Object x_error_message_string
;
12104 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
12105 x_error_message_string. This is called from x_error_handler if
12106 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
12109 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
12111 XErrorEvent
*error
;
12113 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
12114 SDATA (x_error_message_string
),
12115 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
12118 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
12119 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
12122 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
12123 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
12124 stored in x_error_message_string.
12126 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
12127 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
12129 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
12131 void x_check_errors ();
12132 static Lisp_Object
x_catch_errors_unwind ();
12135 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
12138 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
12140 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
12141 XSync (dpy
, False
);
12143 record_unwind_protect (x_catch_errors_unwind
, x_error_message_string
);
12145 x_error_message_string
= make_uninit_string (X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
12146 SSET (x_error_message_string
, 0, 0);
12151 /* Unbind the binding that we made to check for X errors. */
12154 x_catch_errors_unwind (old_val
)
12155 Lisp_Object old_val
;
12157 x_error_message_string
= old_val
;
12161 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
12162 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
12163 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
12166 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
12170 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
12171 XSync (dpy
, False
);
12173 if (SREF (x_error_message_string
, 0))
12174 error (format
, SDATA (x_error_message_string
));
12177 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
12178 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
12181 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
12184 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
12185 XSync (dpy
, False
);
12187 return SREF (x_error_message_string
, 0) != 0;
12190 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
12193 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
12196 SSET (x_error_message_string
, 0, 0);
12199 /* Stop catching X protocol errors and let them make Emacs die.
12200 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors.
12201 COUNT should be the value that was returned by
12202 the corresponding call to x_catch_errors. */
12205 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
)
12209 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
12213 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
12216 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
12221 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
12222 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
12223 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
12224 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
12225 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
12228 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
12229 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
12232 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
12233 must reestablish each time */
12234 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
12239 /************************************************************************
12241 ************************************************************************/
12243 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
12245 static char *error_msg
;
12247 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
12248 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
12249 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
12252 x_fatal_error_signal ()
12254 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
12258 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
12259 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
12262 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
12264 char *error_message
;
12266 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
12267 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
12270 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
12271 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
12272 handling_signal
= 0;
12274 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
12275 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
12276 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
12277 the original message here. */
12278 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
12280 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
12281 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
12282 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
12284 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
12285 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
12286 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
12288 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
12289 in the first class to make-frame-on-display.
12291 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
12292 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
12293 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to cicumvent it here. */
12295 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12296 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
12297 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
12300 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
12301 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
12302 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
12303 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
12307 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
12309 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
12311 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
12312 that are on the dead display. */
12313 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
12315 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
12317 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
12318 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
12319 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
12320 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
12321 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
12322 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
12325 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
12326 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
12327 for another frame that we need to delete. */
12328 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
12329 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
12330 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
12332 /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused
12333 trying to find a replacement. */
12334 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
12335 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
12339 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
12341 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
12343 if (x_display_list
== 0)
12345 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
12346 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
12350 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
12352 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
12354 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
12355 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
12357 clear_waiting_for_input ();
12358 error ("%s", error_msg
);
12362 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
12363 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
12364 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
12367 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
12369 XErrorEvent
*error
;
12371 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
12373 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
12374 original error handler. */
12376 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
12377 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
12378 buf
, error
->request_code
);
12379 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
12383 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
12384 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
12387 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
12389 XErrorEvent
*error
;
12391 if (! NILP (x_error_message_string
))
12392 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
12394 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
12398 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
12399 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
12400 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
12403 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
12408 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
12409 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
12413 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
12415 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
12416 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
12417 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
12418 The return value shows which font we chose. */
12421 x_new_font (f
, fontname
)
12423 register char *fontname
;
12425 struct font_info
*fontp
12426 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f
, 0, fontname
, -1);
12431 f
->output_data
.x
->font
= (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
);
12432 f
->output_data
.x
->baseline_offset
= fontp
->baseline_offset
;
12433 f
->output_data
.x
->fontset
= -1;
12435 x_compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
12437 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
12438 if (f
->scroll_bar_pixel_width
> 0)
12440 int wid
= FONT_WIDTH (f
->output_data
.x
->font
);
12441 f
->scroll_bar_cols
= (f
->scroll_bar_pixel_width
+ wid
-1) / wid
;
12445 int wid
= FONT_WIDTH (f
->output_data
.x
->font
);
12446 f
->scroll_bar_cols
= (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
12449 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
12450 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
12452 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
12453 f
->output_data
.x
->font
->fid
);
12454 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->reverse_gc
,
12455 f
->output_data
.x
->font
->fid
);
12456 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
,
12457 f
->output_data
.x
->font
->fid
);
12459 frame_update_line_height (f
);
12461 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
12462 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
12463 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
12464 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
12465 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, f
->width
, f
->height
);
12468 /* If we are setting a new frame's font for the first time,
12469 there are no faces yet, so this font's height is the line height. */
12470 f
->output_data
.x
->line_height
= FONT_HEIGHT (f
->output_data
.x
->font
);
12472 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
12475 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and
12476 return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard
12477 pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern.
12478 The return value shows which fontset we chose. */
12481 x_new_fontset (f
, fontsetname
)
12485 int fontset
= fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname
), 0);
12486 Lisp_Object result
;
12491 if (f
->output_data
.x
->fontset
== fontset
)
12492 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
12494 return fontset_name (fontset
);
12496 result
= x_new_font (f
, (SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
))));
12498 if (!STRINGP (result
))
12499 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
12502 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
12503 f
->output_data
.x
->fontset
= fontset
;
12507 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
12508 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
12511 return build_string (fontsetname
);
12514 /* Compute actual fringe widths */
12517 x_compute_fringe_widths (f
, redraw
)
12521 int o_left
= f
->output_data
.x
->left_fringe_width
;
12522 int o_right
= f
->output_data
.x
->right_fringe_width
;
12523 int o_cols
= f
->output_data
.x
->fringe_cols
;
12525 Lisp_Object left_fringe
= Fassq (Qleft_fringe
, f
->param_alist
);
12526 Lisp_Object right_fringe
= Fassq (Qright_fringe
, f
->param_alist
);
12527 int left_fringe_width
, right_fringe_width
;
12529 if (!NILP (left_fringe
))
12530 left_fringe
= Fcdr (left_fringe
);
12531 if (!NILP (right_fringe
))
12532 right_fringe
= Fcdr (right_fringe
);
12534 left_fringe_width
= ((NILP (left_fringe
) || !INTEGERP (left_fringe
)) ? 8 :
12535 XINT (left_fringe
));
12536 right_fringe_width
= ((NILP (right_fringe
) || !INTEGERP (right_fringe
)) ? 8 :
12537 XINT (right_fringe
));
12539 if (left_fringe_width
|| right_fringe_width
)
12541 int left_wid
= left_fringe_width
>= 0 ? left_fringe_width
: -left_fringe_width
;
12542 int right_wid
= right_fringe_width
>= 0 ? right_fringe_width
: -right_fringe_width
;
12543 int conf_wid
= left_wid
+ right_wid
;
12544 int font_wid
= FONT_WIDTH (f
->output_data
.x
->font
);
12545 int cols
= (left_wid
+ right_wid
+ font_wid
-1) / font_wid
;
12546 int real_wid
= cols
* font_wid
;
12547 if (left_wid
&& right_wid
)
12549 if (left_fringe_width
< 0)
12551 /* Left fringe width is fixed, adjust right fringe if necessary */
12552 f
->output_data
.x
->left_fringe_width
= left_wid
;
12553 f
->output_data
.x
->right_fringe_width
= real_wid
- left_wid
;
12555 else if (right_fringe_width
< 0)
12557 /* Right fringe width is fixed, adjust left fringe if necessary */
12558 f
->output_data
.x
->left_fringe_width
= real_wid
- right_wid
;
12559 f
->output_data
.x
->right_fringe_width
= right_wid
;
12563 /* Adjust both fringes with an equal amount.
12564 Note that we are doing integer arithmetic here, so don't
12565 lose a pixel if the total width is an odd number. */
12566 int fill
= real_wid
- conf_wid
;
12567 f
->output_data
.x
->left_fringe_width
= left_wid
+ fill
/2;
12568 f
->output_data
.x
->right_fringe_width
= right_wid
+ fill
- fill
/2;
12571 else if (left_fringe_width
)
12573 f
->output_data
.x
->left_fringe_width
= real_wid
;
12574 f
->output_data
.x
->right_fringe_width
= 0;
12578 f
->output_data
.x
->left_fringe_width
= 0;
12579 f
->output_data
.x
->right_fringe_width
= real_wid
;
12581 f
->output_data
.x
->fringe_cols
= cols
;
12582 f
->output_data
.x
->fringes_extra
= real_wid
;
12586 f
->output_data
.x
->left_fringe_width
= 0;
12587 f
->output_data
.x
->right_fringe_width
= 0;
12588 f
->output_data
.x
->fringe_cols
= 0;
12589 f
->output_data
.x
->fringes_extra
= 0;
12592 if (redraw
&& FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
12593 if (o_left
!= f
->output_data
.x
->left_fringe_width
||
12594 o_right
!= f
->output_data
.x
->right_fringe_width
||
12595 o_cols
!= f
->output_data
.x
->fringe_cols
)
12599 /***********************************************************************
12601 ***********************************************************************/
12607 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
12608 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
12609 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
12612 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
12614 XPointer client_data
;
12615 XPointer call_data
;
12617 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
12618 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
12622 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
12623 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
12625 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
12626 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
12628 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
12629 if (FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f
))
12631 XFreeFontSet (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f
));
12632 FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f
) = NULL
;
12637 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
12638 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
12639 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
12643 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
12646 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
12647 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
12650 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
12651 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
12654 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
12655 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
12656 char *resource_name
;
12661 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
12662 dpyinfo
->xim
= xim
;
12667 XIMCallback destroy
;
12670 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
12671 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
12674 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
12675 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
12676 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
12680 #else /* not USE_XIM */
12681 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
12682 #endif /* not USE_XIM */
12686 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
12690 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
12691 char *resource_name
;
12694 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
12695 server is available. DISPLAY is teh display of the XIM.
12696 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
12697 when the callback was registered. */
12700 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
12702 XPointer client_data
;
12703 XPointer call_data
;
12705 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
12706 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
12708 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
12712 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
12714 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
12715 as they have no XIC. */
12716 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
12718 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
12721 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
12723 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
12725 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
12726 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
12728 create_frame_xic (f
);
12729 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
12730 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
12731 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
12733 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
12734 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
12743 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
12746 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
12747 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
12748 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
12749 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
12752 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
12753 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
12754 char *resource_name
;
12757 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
12758 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
12761 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
12762 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
12763 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
12764 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
12765 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
12766 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
12767 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
12768 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
12769 xim_instantiate_callback
,
12770 /* Fixme: This is XPointer in
12771 XFree86 but (XPointer *) on
12772 Tru64, at least. */
12773 (XPointer
) xim_inst
);
12774 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
12775 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
12776 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
12777 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
12779 #else /* not USE_XIM */
12780 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
12781 #endif /* not USE_XIM */
12785 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
12788 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
12789 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
12792 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
12793 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
12794 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
12796 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
12797 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
12798 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
12799 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
12800 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
12801 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
12802 #endif /* USE_XIM */
12805 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
12809 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
12810 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
12813 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
12817 int win_x
= 0, win_y
= 0;
12818 int flags
= f
->output_data
.x
->size_hint_flags
;
12821 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
12822 is already for the top-left corner. */
12823 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
12826 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12827 this_window
= XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
12829 this_window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
12832 /* Find the position of the outside upper-left corner of
12833 the inner window, with respect to the outer window.
12834 But do this only if we will need the results. */
12835 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
12840 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
12843 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
12844 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
12846 /* From-window, to-window. */
12848 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
,
12850 /* From-position, to-position. */
12851 0, 0, &win_x
, &win_y
,
12853 /* Child of win. */
12855 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
12857 Window newroot
, newparent
= 0xdeadbeef;
12858 Window
*newchildren
;
12859 unsigned int nchildren
;
12861 if (! XQueryTree (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), this_window
, &newroot
,
12862 &newparent
, &newchildren
, &nchildren
))
12865 XFree ((char *) newchildren
);
12867 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= newparent
;
12873 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), count
);
12877 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
12878 position that fits on the screen. */
12879 if (flags
& XNegative
)
12880 f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
12881 - 2 * f
->output_data
.x
->border_width
- win_x
12883 + f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
);
12886 int height
= PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
12888 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
12889 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
12890 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
12892 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
12893 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
12894 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
12895 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
12898 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
12899 2000-12-01, gerd. */
12901 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
12904 if (flags
& YNegative
)
12905 f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
12906 - 2 * f
->output_data
.x
->border_width
12909 + f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
);
12912 /* The left_pos and top_pos
12913 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
12914 so the flags should correspond. */
12915 f
->output_data
.x
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
12918 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
12919 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
12920 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
12921 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
12922 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
12925 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
12927 register int xoff
, yoff
;
12928 int change_gravity
;
12930 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
12932 if (change_gravity
> 0)
12934 f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
= yoff
;
12935 f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
= xoff
;
12936 f
->output_data
.x
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
12938 f
->output_data
.x
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
12940 f
->output_data
.x
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
12941 f
->output_data
.x
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
12943 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
12946 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
12948 modified_left
= f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
;
12949 modified_top
= f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
;
12950 #if 0 /* Running on psilocin (Debian), and displaying on the NCD X-terminal,
12951 this seems to be unnecessary and incorrect. rms, 4/17/97. */
12952 /* It is a mystery why we need to add the border_width here
12953 when the frame is already visible, but experiment says we do. */
12954 if (change_gravity
!= 0)
12956 modified_left
+= f
->output_data
.x
->border_width
;
12957 modified_top
+= f
->output_data
.x
->border_width
;
12961 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12962 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
12963 modified_left
, modified_top
);
12964 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12965 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
12966 modified_left
, modified_top
);
12967 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12971 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
12972 If so needed, resize the frame. */
12974 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
12977 if (f
->output_data
.x
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
12979 int width
, height
, ign
;
12981 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
,
12982 &f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
);
12984 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, &width
, &height
, &ign
, &ign
);
12986 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
12987 when setting WM manager hints.
12988 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
12989 x_check_fullscreen_move. */
12990 if (f
->width
!= width
|| f
->height
!= height
)
12992 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
12993 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
12994 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
12996 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
12997 f
->output_data
.x
->want_fullscreen
|= FULLSCREEN_WAIT
;
13003 /* If frame parameters are set after the frame is mapped, we need to move
13004 the window. This is done in xfns.c.
13005 Some window managers moves the window to the right position, some
13006 moves the outer window manager window to the specified position.
13007 Here we check that we are in the right spot. If not, make a second
13008 move, assuming we are dealing with the second kind of window manager. */
13010 x_check_fullscreen_move (f
)
13013 if (f
->output_data
.x
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_MOVE_WAIT
)
13015 int expect_top
= f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
;
13016 int expect_left
= f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
;
13018 if (f
->output_data
.x
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
13020 if (f
->output_data
.x
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
13023 if (expect_top
!= f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
13024 || expect_left
!= f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
)
13025 x_set_offset (f
, expect_left
, expect_top
, 1);
13027 /* Just do this once */
13028 f
->output_data
.x
->want_fullscreen
&= ~FULLSCREEN_MOVE_WAIT
;
13033 /* Calculate fullscreen size. Return in *TOP_POS and *LEFT_POS the
13034 wanted positions of the WM window (not emacs window).
13035 Return in *WIDTH and *HEIGHT the wanted width and height of Emacs
13036 window (FRAME_X_WINDOW).
13039 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, width
, height
, top_pos
, left_pos
)
13046 int newwidth
= f
->width
, newheight
= f
->height
;
13048 *top_pos
= f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
;
13049 *left_pos
= f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
;
13051 if (f
->output_data
.x
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
13055 ph
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
;
13056 newheight
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f
, ph
);
13057 ph
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, newheight
)
13058 - f
->output_data
.x
->y_pixels_diff
;
13059 newheight
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f
, ph
);
13063 if (f
->output_data
.x
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
13067 pw
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
;
13068 newwidth
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f
, pw
);
13069 pw
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, newwidth
)
13070 - f
->output_data
.x
->x_pixels_diff
;
13071 newwidth
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f
, pw
);
13076 *height
= newheight
;
13080 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
13081 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
13082 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
13083 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
13086 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
13088 int change_gravity
;
13091 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
13093 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
13094 f
->output_data
.x
->vertical_scroll_bar_extra
13095 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
13097 : FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) > 0
13098 ? FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
13099 : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FONT_WIDTH (f
->output_data
.x
->font
)));
13101 x_compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
13103 pixelwidth
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
13104 pixelheight
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
13106 f
->output_data
.x
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
13107 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
13109 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
13110 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
13111 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
13113 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
13114 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
13115 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
13116 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
13118 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
13119 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
13120 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
13121 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
13122 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
13124 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
13126 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
13127 PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
13128 PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
13130 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
13131 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
13132 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
13133 we have to make sure to do it here. */
13134 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
13136 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
13140 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
13141 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
13142 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
13143 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
13146 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
13148 int change_gravity
;
13153 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13155 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
!= NULL
)
13157 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
13158 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
13159 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
13160 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
13161 int xpos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
13162 int ypos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
13163 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, cols
, rows
);
13164 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
= xpos
;
13165 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
= ypos
;
13168 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
13170 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13172 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
13174 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13176 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
13177 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
13179 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
13180 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
13181 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
13182 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
13183 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
13188 /* Mouse warping. */
13191 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
13197 pix_x
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f
, x
) + FONT_WIDTH (f
->output_data
.x
->font
) / 2;
13198 pix_y
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f
, y
) + f
->output_data
.x
->line_height
/ 2;
13200 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
13201 if (pix_x
> PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
13203 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
13204 if (pix_y
> PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
13208 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
13209 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
13213 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
13216 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
13222 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
13223 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
13227 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
13230 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
13233 #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
13237 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
13238 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
13239 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
13240 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
13241 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
13246 x_unfocus_frame (f
)
13250 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
13251 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
13252 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
13253 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
13257 /* Raise frame F. */
13263 if (f
->async_visible
)
13266 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13267 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
));
13268 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13269 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
13270 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13271 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
13276 /* Lower frame F. */
13282 if (f
->async_visible
)
13285 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13286 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
));
13287 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13288 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
13289 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13290 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
13296 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
13306 /* Change of visibility. */
13308 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
13309 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
13310 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
13311 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
13312 but it will become visible later when the window manager
13313 finishes with it. */
13316 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
13320 int original_top
, original_left
;
13321 int retry_count
= 2;
13327 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
13329 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
13331 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
13333 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
13334 call x_set_offset a second time
13335 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
13336 before the window gets really visible. */
13337 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
13338 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
13339 x_set_offset (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
, f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
, 0);
13341 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
13343 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
13344 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
13345 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13346 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
13347 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
13348 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13349 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
13350 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13351 #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places
13352 if the window configuration has changed. They seem
13353 to come back ok without this. */
13354 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
13355 XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
13359 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
13361 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
13362 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
13363 so that incoming events are handled. */
13367 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
13368 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
13369 will set it when they are handled. */
13370 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
13372 original_left
= f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
;
13373 original_top
= f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
;
13375 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
13378 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
13380 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
13381 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
13382 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
13383 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
13385 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
13386 because the window manager may choose the position
13387 and we don't want to override it. */
13389 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
13390 && f
->output_data
.x
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
13391 && previously_visible
)
13395 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
13399 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
13400 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
13401 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
13402 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
13403 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
13404 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
13405 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
13406 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
13407 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
13409 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
13410 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
13411 original_left
, original_top
);
13416 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
13418 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
13419 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
13420 MapNotify at all.. */
13421 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
13422 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
13424 /* Force processing of queued events. */
13427 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
13428 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
13429 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
13430 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
13431 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
13433 if (input_polling_used ())
13435 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
13436 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
13437 handler reset it. */
13438 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
13439 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
13440 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
13441 poll_for_input_1 ();
13442 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
13445 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
13446 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
13451 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
13455 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
13456 FreeBSD, Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
13457 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
13458 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
13460 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
13465 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
13467 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
13470 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
13475 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13476 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
13477 window
= XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
13478 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13479 window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
13480 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13482 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
13483 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
13484 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
13486 #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */
13487 if (! f
->async_visible
&& ! f
->async_iconified
)
13493 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
13494 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
13495 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
13496 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
13497 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
13498 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
13502 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
13503 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
13505 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
13506 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
13508 #else /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
13510 /* Tell the window manager what we're going to do. */
13511 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
13515 unmap
.xunmap
.type
= UnmapNotify
;
13516 unmap
.xunmap
.window
= window
;
13517 unmap
.xunmap
.event
= DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
13518 unmap
.xunmap
.from_configure
= False
;
13519 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
13520 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
13522 SubstructureRedirectMaskSubstructureNotifyMask
,
13525 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
13526 error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal");
13530 /* Unmap the window ourselves. Cheeky! */
13531 XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
);
13532 #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
13534 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
13535 just by the event that we get from the server.
13536 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
13537 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
13538 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
13540 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
13541 f
->async_visible
= 0;
13542 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
13549 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
13552 x_iconify_frame (f
)
13558 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
13559 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
13560 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
13562 if (f
->async_iconified
)
13567 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
13569 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
13571 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
13573 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13575 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
13577 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
13578 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
13579 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
13580 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
13581 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
13582 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
13583 so we have to record it here. */
13586 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
13587 f
->async_visible
= 0;
13592 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
13593 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
13594 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
13598 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
13600 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
13601 f
->async_visible
= 0;
13605 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
13607 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13609 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
13610 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
13611 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
13612 x_set_offset (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
, f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
, 0);
13614 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
13615 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
13617 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
13618 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
13622 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
13623 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
13624 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
13625 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
13626 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
13628 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
13629 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
13631 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
13634 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
13635 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
13639 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
13641 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
13643 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
13645 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
13646 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
13649 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
13650 f
->async_visible
= 0;
13652 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
13654 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13658 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
13661 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
13664 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
13666 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
13670 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
13671 commands to the X server. */
13672 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
13674 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
13675 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
13677 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13678 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
13679 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
13680 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
13681 toolkit scroll bars. */
13682 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
13684 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
13685 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
13691 free_frame_xic (f
);
13694 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13695 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
13697 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
13698 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
13700 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
13701 we are using a toolkit. */
13702 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
13703 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
13705 free_frame_menubar (f
);
13706 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13707 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
13708 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
13709 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13711 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
13712 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
13713 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
13714 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
13715 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
13716 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
13718 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
13719 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
13720 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
13721 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
13722 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
13723 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
13724 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
13725 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
13726 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
13727 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
13728 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
13729 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
13730 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
13731 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
13732 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
13734 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
13735 free_frame_faces (f
);
13738 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
13741 if (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
13742 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
13744 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
13745 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
13747 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
13748 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
13749 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
13750 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
13751 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
13752 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
13754 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
13756 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
13757 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
13758 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
13759 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
13760 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
13761 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
13762 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
13769 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
13772 x_destroy_window (f
)
13775 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
13777 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
13778 commands to the X server. */
13779 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
13780 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
13782 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
13786 /* Setting window manager hints. */
13788 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
13789 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
13790 that the window now has.
13791 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
13792 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0). */
13795 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
13800 XSizeHints size_hints
;
13802 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13805 Dimension widget_width
, widget_height
;
13806 Window window
= XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
13807 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13808 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
13809 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13811 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
13812 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
13814 size_hints
.x
= f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
;
13815 size_hints
.y
= f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
;
13817 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13818 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNwidth
, &widget_width
); ac
++;
13819 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNheight
, &widget_height
); ac
++;
13820 XtGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, ac
);
13821 size_hints
.height
= widget_height
;
13822 size_hints
.width
= widget_width
;
13823 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13824 size_hints
.height
= PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
13825 size_hints
.width
= PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
13826 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13828 size_hints
.width_inc
= FONT_WIDTH (f
->output_data
.x
->font
);
13829 size_hints
.height_inc
= f
->output_data
.x
->line_height
;
13830 size_hints
.max_width
13831 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
- CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
13832 size_hints
.max_height
13833 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
13835 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
13837 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
13838 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
13839 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13841 int base_width
, base_height
;
13842 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
13844 base_width
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
13845 base_height
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
13847 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
13849 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
13850 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
13851 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
13852 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
13853 zero-row, zero-column frame.
13855 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
13856 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
13857 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
13860 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
13861 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
13862 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
;
13863 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
13864 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
13866 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
;
13867 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
;
13871 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
13874 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
13877 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13880 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
13881 long supplied_return
;
13885 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
13888 value
= XGetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
);
13891 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13892 size_hints
.base_height
= hints
.base_height
;
13893 size_hints
.base_width
= hints
.base_width
;
13894 size_hints
.min_height
= hints
.min_height
;
13895 size_hints
.min_width
= hints
.min_width
;
13899 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
13904 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
13905 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
13906 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
13907 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
13908 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
13909 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
13910 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
13911 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
13915 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13920 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->output_data
.x
->win_gravity
;
13921 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
13925 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
13926 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
13928 #endif /* PWinGravity */
13931 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
13933 XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
13937 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
13940 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
13944 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13947 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
13948 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
13949 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13950 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
13952 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
13953 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
13955 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
13956 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13960 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
13964 Pixmap icon_pixmap
;
13966 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13967 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
13972 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
13973 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
13977 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
13978 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
13979 for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
13980 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
13981 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
13982 right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
13983 best to explicitly give up. */
13985 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= None
;
13991 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
13995 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
13996 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
13999 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
14001 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPixmapHint
;
14002 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
14004 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
14008 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
14010 int icon_x
, icon_y
;
14012 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
14013 Window window
= XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
14015 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
14018 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
14019 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
14020 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
14022 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
14026 /***********************************************************************
14028 ***********************************************************************/
14030 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */
14033 x_get_font_info (f
, font_idx
)
14037 return (FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f
) + font_idx
);
14041 /* Return a list of names of available fonts matching PATTERN on frame F.
14043 If SIZE is > 0, it is the size (maximum bounds width) of fonts
14046 SIZE < 0 means include scalable fonts.
14048 Frame F null means we have not yet created any frame on X, and
14049 consult the first display in x_display_list. MAXNAMES sets a limit
14050 on how many fonts to match. */
14053 x_list_fonts (f
, pattern
, size
, maxnames
)
14055 Lisp_Object pattern
;
14059 Lisp_Object list
= Qnil
, patterns
, newlist
= Qnil
, key
= Qnil
;
14060 Lisp_Object tem
, second_best
;
14061 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
14062 = f
? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) : x_display_list
;
14063 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
14064 int try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
14066 int allow_scalable_fonts_p
= 0;
14070 allow_scalable_fonts_p
= 1;
14074 patterns
= Fassoc (pattern
, Valternate_fontname_alist
);
14075 if (NILP (patterns
))
14076 patterns
= Fcons (pattern
, Qnil
);
14078 if (maxnames
== 1 && !size
)
14079 /* We can return any single font matching PATTERN. */
14080 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 1;
14082 for (; CONSP (patterns
); patterns
= XCDR (patterns
))
14085 char **names
= NULL
;
14087 pattern
= XCAR (patterns
);
14088 /* See if we cached the result for this particular query.
14089 The cache is an alist of the form:
14090 ((((PATTERN . MAXNAMES) . SCALABLE) (FONTNAME . WIDTH) ...) ...) */
14091 tem
= XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
);
14092 key
= Fcons (Fcons (pattern
, make_number (maxnames
)),
14093 allow_scalable_fonts_p
? Qt
: Qnil
);
14094 list
= Fassoc (key
, tem
);
14097 list
= Fcdr_safe (list
);
14098 /* We have a cashed list. Don't have to get the list again. */
14102 /* At first, put PATTERN in the cache. */
14105 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
14107 if (try_XLoadQueryFont
)
14110 unsigned long value
;
14112 font
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
));
14113 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
14115 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
14116 server. Let's just ignore it. */
14118 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
14122 && XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
14124 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (dpy
, (Atom
) value
);
14125 int len
= strlen (name
);
14128 /* If DXPC (a Differential X Protocol Compressor)
14129 Ver.3.7 is running, XGetAtomName will return null
14130 string. We must avoid such a name. */
14132 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
14136 names
= (char **) alloca (sizeof (char *));
14137 /* Some systems only allow alloca assigned to a
14139 tmp
= (char *) alloca (len
+ 1); names
[0] = tmp
;
14140 bcopy (name
, names
[0], len
+ 1);
14145 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
14148 XFreeFont (dpy
, font
);
14151 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
14153 /* We try at least 10 fonts because XListFonts will return
14154 auto-scaled fonts at the head. */
14155 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), max (maxnames
, 10),
14157 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
14159 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
14160 server. Let's just ignore it. */
14162 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
14166 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
14173 /* Make a list of all the fonts we got back.
14174 Store that in the font cache for the display. */
14175 for (i
= 0; i
< num_fonts
; i
++)
14178 char *p
= names
[i
];
14179 int average_width
= -1, dashes
= 0;
14181 /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are
14182 14 dashes, and the field value following 12th dash
14183 (AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a auto-scaled font which
14184 is usually too ugly to be used for editing. Let's
14190 if (dashes
== 7) /* PIXEL_SIZE field */
14192 else if (dashes
== 12) /* AVERAGE_WIDTH field */
14193 average_width
= atoi (p
);
14196 if (allow_scalable_fonts_p
14197 || dashes
< 14 || average_width
!= 0)
14199 tem
= build_string (names
[i
]);
14200 if (NILP (Fassoc (tem
, list
)))
14202 if (STRINGP (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
)
14203 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case
14204 (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
, names
[i
]))
14206 /* We can set the value of PIXEL_SIZE to the
14207 width of this font. */
14208 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, make_number (width
)), list
);
14210 /* For the moment, width is not known. */
14211 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, Qnil
), list
);
14216 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
14219 XFreeFontNames (names
);
14224 /* Now store the result in the cache. */
14225 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
14226 Fcons (Fcons (key
, list
), XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
14229 if (NILP (list
)) continue; /* Try the remaining alternatives. */
14231 newlist
= second_best
= Qnil
;
14232 /* Make a list of the fonts that have the right width. */
14233 for (; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
14239 if (!CONSP (tem
) || NILP (XCAR (tem
)))
14243 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
14247 if (!INTEGERP (XCDR (tem
)))
14249 /* Since we have not yet known the size of this font, we
14250 must try slow function call XLoadQueryFont. */
14251 XFontStruct
*thisinfo
;
14254 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
14255 thisinfo
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
,
14256 SDATA (XCAR (tem
)));
14257 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
14259 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
14260 server. Let's just ignore it. */
14262 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
14264 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
14270 (thisinfo
->min_bounds
.width
== 0
14272 : make_number (thisinfo
->max_bounds
.width
)));
14274 XFreeFont (dpy
, thisinfo
);
14278 /* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had
14279 returned a font which can't be opened. Record the size
14280 as 0 not to try to open it again. */
14281 XSETCDR (tem
, make_number (0));
14284 found_size
= XINT (XCDR (tem
));
14285 if (found_size
== size
)
14286 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
14287 else if (found_size
> 0)
14289 if (NILP (second_best
))
14291 else if (found_size
< size
)
14293 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
14294 || XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) < found_size
)
14299 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
14300 && XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > found_size
)
14305 if (!NILP (newlist
))
14307 else if (!NILP (second_best
))
14309 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (second_best
), Qnil
);
14320 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
14324 x_check_font (f
, font
)
14329 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
14331 xassert (font
!= NULL
);
14333 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
14334 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
14335 && font
== dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
)
14338 xassert (i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
);
14341 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
14343 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
14344 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
14345 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
14346 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
14347 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
14350 x_font_min_bounds (font
, w
, h
)
14354 *h
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
14355 *w
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
14357 /* Try to handle the case where FONT->min_bounds has invalid
14358 contents. Since the only font known to have invalid min_bounds
14359 is fixed-width, use max_bounds if min_bounds seems to be invalid. */
14361 *w
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
14365 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
14366 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
14367 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
14368 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
14369 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
14372 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
)
14376 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
14378 int old_width
= dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
;
14379 int old_height
= dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
;
14381 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= 100000;
14382 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= 100000;
14384 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
14385 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
14387 struct font_info
*fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
14390 font
= (XFontStruct
*) fontp
->font
;
14391 xassert (font
!= (XFontStruct
*) ~0);
14392 x_font_min_bounds (font
, &w
, &h
);
14394 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
, h
);
14395 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
, w
);
14398 xassert (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
> 0
14399 && dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
> 0);
14401 return (dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== 1
14402 || dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
< old_width
14403 || dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
< old_height
);
14407 /* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
14408 pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
14409 If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
14410 If loading is failed, return NULL. */
14413 x_load_font (f
, fontname
, size
)
14415 register char *fontname
;
14418 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
14419 Lisp_Object font_names
;
14422 /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we
14423 have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts
14424 we already have by comparing names. */
14425 font_names
= x_list_fonts (f
, build_string (fontname
), size
, 1);
14427 if (!NILP (font_names
))
14432 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
14433 for (tail
= font_names
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
14434 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
14435 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
,
14436 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))
14437 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
,
14438 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))))
14439 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
14442 /* Load the font and add it to the table. */
14446 struct font_info
*fontp
;
14447 unsigned long value
;
14450 /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If
14451 not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME
14452 because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has
14453 a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and
14454 is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */
14455 if (size
> 0 && !NILP (font_names
))
14456 fontname
= (char *) SDATA (XCAR (font_names
));
14459 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
14460 font
= (XFontStruct
*) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), fontname
);
14461 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
14463 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
14464 server. Let's just ignore it. */
14466 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
14468 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), count
);
14473 /* Find a free slot in the font table. */
14474 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
14475 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
== NULL
)
14478 /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */
14479 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
14480 && dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== dpyinfo
->font_table_size
)
14483 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= max (16, 2 * dpyinfo
->font_table_size
);
14484 sz
= dpyinfo
->font_table_size
* sizeof *dpyinfo
->font_table
;
14485 dpyinfo
->font_table
14486 = (struct font_info
*) xrealloc (dpyinfo
->font_table
, sz
);
14489 fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
14490 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
)
14491 ++dpyinfo
->n_fonts
;
14493 /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */
14495 fontp
->font
= font
;
14496 fontp
->font_idx
= i
;
14497 fontp
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname
) + 1);
14498 bcopy (fontname
, fontp
->name
, strlen (fontname
) + 1);
14500 /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in FULL_NAME. */
14502 if (XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
14504 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), (Atom
) value
);
14508 /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name".
14509 If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name,
14511 In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names
14522 full_name
= (char *) xmalloc (p
- name
+ 1);
14523 bcopy (name
, full_name
, p
- name
+ 1);
14529 if (full_name
!= 0)
14530 fontp
->full_name
= full_name
;
14532 fontp
->full_name
= fontp
->name
;
14534 fontp
->size
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
14535 fontp
->height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
14537 if (NILP (font_names
))
14539 /* We come here because of a bug of XListFonts mentioned at
14540 the head of this block. Let's store this information in
14541 the cache for x_list_fonts. */
14542 Lisp_Object lispy_name
= build_string (fontname
);
14543 Lisp_Object lispy_full_name
= build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
14544 Lisp_Object key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_name
, make_number (256)),
14547 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
14549 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
14550 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
14552 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
14555 key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
, make_number (256)),
14557 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
14559 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
14560 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
14562 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
14566 /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character
14567 code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to
14568 the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or
14569 (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF,
14570 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset
14571 uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding[1]
14572 which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be
14573 decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */
14575 = (font
->max_byte1
== 0
14577 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
14578 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
14579 ? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */
14580 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20..0xFF */
14581 : 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */
14583 : (font
->min_byte1
< 0x80
14584 ? (font
->max_byte1
< 0x80
14585 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
14586 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
14587 ? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */
14588 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */
14589 : 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */
14590 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */
14591 : (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
14592 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
14593 ? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */
14594 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */
14595 : 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */
14597 fontp
->baseline_offset
14598 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
, &value
)
14599 ? (long) value
: 0);
14600 fontp
->relative_compose
14601 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
, &value
)
14602 ? (long) value
: 0);
14603 fontp
->default_ascent
14604 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
, &value
)
14605 ? (long) value
: 0);
14607 /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded
14608 has a character with a smaller width than any other character
14609 before, or if the font loaded has a smaller height than any
14610 other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a
14611 glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */
14612 fonts_changed_p
|= x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
);
14619 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for
14620 frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */
14623 x_query_font (f
, fontname
)
14625 register char *fontname
;
14627 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
14630 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
14631 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
14632 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
, fontname
)
14633 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
, fontname
)))
14634 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
14639 /* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member
14640 `encoder' of the structure. */
14643 x_find_ccl_program (fontp
)
14644 struct font_info
*fontp
;
14646 Lisp_Object list
, elt
;
14649 for (list
= Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist
; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
14653 && STRINGP (XCAR (elt
))
14654 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->name
)
14656 || (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->full_name
)
14663 struct ccl_program
*ccl
14664 = (struct ccl_program
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program
));
14666 if (setup_ccl_program (ccl
, XCDR (elt
)) < 0)
14669 fontp
->font_encoder
= ccl
;
14675 /***********************************************************************
14677 ***********************************************************************/
14679 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
14680 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
14681 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
14682 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
14684 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
14685 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
14686 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
14688 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
14689 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
14690 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
14691 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
14692 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
14693 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
14694 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
14696 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
14698 static int x_initialized
;
14700 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
14701 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
14702 the screen number from the server number. */
14704 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
14705 const char *name1
, *name2
;
14707 int seen_colon
= 0;
14708 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
14709 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
14710 int length_until_period
= 0;
14712 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
14713 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
14714 length_until_period
++;
14716 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
14717 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
14719 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
14721 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
14722 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
14723 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
14724 name1
+= system_name_length
;
14725 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
14726 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
14727 name2
+= system_name_length
;
14728 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
14729 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
14730 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
14731 name1
+= length_until_period
;
14732 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
14733 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
14734 name2
+= length_until_period
;
14736 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
14740 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
14744 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
14745 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
14749 struct x_display_info
*
14750 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
14751 Lisp_Object display_name
;
14753 char *resource_name
;
14757 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
14762 if (!x_initialized
)
14768 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
14769 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
14771 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
14772 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
14773 So let's not use it until R6. */
14774 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
14775 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
14786 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
14787 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
14790 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
14791 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
14792 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
14796 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
14797 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
14802 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
14804 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
14806 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
14807 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
14809 /* Detect failure. */
14816 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
14818 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
14819 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
14821 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
14823 struct x_display_info
*share
;
14826 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
14827 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
14828 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
14829 SDATA (display_name
)))
14832 dpyinfo
->kboard
= share
->kboard
;
14835 dpyinfo
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
14836 init_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
14837 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
14839 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
14841 dpyinfo
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
14842 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
14843 build_string (vendor
? vendor
: ""));
14847 dpyinfo
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
14848 all_kboards
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
14849 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
14850 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
14851 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
14852 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
14853 current_kboard
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
14855 dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
14859 /* Put this display on the chain. */
14860 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
14861 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
14863 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
14864 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
14865 x_display_name_list
);
14866 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
14868 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
14871 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
14875 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
14876 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
14878 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
14879 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
14881 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
14882 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
14884 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
14885 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
14886 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
14888 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
14889 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
14890 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
14891 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
14893 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
14895 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
14897 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
14899 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
14900 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
14901 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
14902 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
14903 dpyinfo
->height
= HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
14904 dpyinfo
->width
= WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
14905 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
14906 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
14907 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
14908 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
14909 dpyinfo
->font_table
= NULL
;
14910 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
14911 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= 0;
14912 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
14913 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
14914 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
14915 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
14916 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
14917 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
14918 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
14919 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
14920 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
14921 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
14922 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
14923 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
14924 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
14925 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
14926 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
14927 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
14928 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
14929 dpyinfo
->image_cache
= make_image_cache ();
14931 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
14932 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
14934 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
14937 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
14938 build_string ("privateColormap"),
14939 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
14941 if (STRINGP (value
)
14942 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
14943 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
14944 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
14948 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
14949 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
14952 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
14953 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
14954 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
14955 dpyinfo
->resy
= pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
14956 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
14957 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
14958 dpyinfo
->resx
= pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
14961 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
14962 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
14963 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
14964 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
14965 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
14966 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
14967 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
14968 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
14969 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
14970 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
14971 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
14972 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
14973 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
14974 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
14975 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
14976 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
14977 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
14978 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
14979 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
14980 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
14981 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
14982 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
14983 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
14984 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
14985 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
14986 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
14987 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
14988 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
14989 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
14990 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
14991 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
14992 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
14993 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
14994 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
14995 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
14996 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
14997 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
14998 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
14999 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
15000 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
15001 /* For properties of font. */
15002 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
15003 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
15004 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
15005 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
15006 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
15007 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
15008 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
15009 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
15011 /* Ghostscript support. */
15012 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
15013 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
15015 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
15018 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
15020 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
15021 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
15026 null_bits
[0] = 0x00;
15028 dpyinfo
->null_pixel
15029 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
15030 null_bits
, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
15035 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
15036 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
15038 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
15040 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
15041 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
15045 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
15048 #ifdef subprocesses
15049 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
15050 if (connection
!= 0)
15051 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
15054 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
15056 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
15057 /* stdin is a socket here */
15058 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, -getpid ());
15059 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
15060 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
15061 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
15062 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
15063 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
15066 if (interrupt_input
)
15067 init_sigio (connection
);
15068 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
15071 #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 /* It seems X11R4 lacks XtCvtStringToFont, and XPointer. */
15072 /* Make sure that we have a valid font for dialog boxes
15073 so that Xt does not crash. */
15075 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
15076 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
15080 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
15081 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
15082 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
15083 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
15084 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
15085 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
15086 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
15087 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
15089 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
15090 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
15091 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
15096 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
15097 for debugging X code. */
15100 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
15101 build_string ("synchronous"),
15102 build_string ("Synchronous"),
15104 if (STRINGP (value
)
15105 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
15106 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
15107 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
15115 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone,
15116 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
15119 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
15120 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
15122 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
15124 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
15125 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
15126 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
15127 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
15128 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
15133 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
15134 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
15136 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
15138 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
15141 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
15145 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
15146 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
15148 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
15149 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
15152 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
15154 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
15155 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
15156 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
15159 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */
15160 #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */
15161 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
15164 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
15165 if (--dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
== 0)
15166 delete_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
15170 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
15173 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
);
15174 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
15175 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
15180 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
15182 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
15187 x_clear_end_of_line
,
15189 x_after_update_window_line
,
15190 x_update_window_begin
,
15191 x_update_window_end
,
15194 x_clear_mouse_face
,
15195 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
15196 x_fix_overlapping_area
15202 rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
15204 clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
15205 ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
15206 delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
15207 ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
15208 reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
15209 set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
15210 update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
15211 update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
15212 set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
15213 read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
15214 frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
15215 mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
15216 frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
15217 frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
15218 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
15219 condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
15220 redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
15221 judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
15222 estimate_mode_line_height_hook
= x_estimate_mode_line_height
;
15224 scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
15225 char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
15226 line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */
15227 fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well */
15228 memory_below_frame
= 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls
15233 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
15234 any_help_event_p
= 0;
15236 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
15237 Fset_input_mode (Qt
, Qnil
, Qt
, Qnil
);
15239 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
15240 XtToolkitInitialize ();
15242 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
15244 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
15245 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
15246 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
15247 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
15248 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
15249 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
15250 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
15252 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
15254 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
15255 every 0.1s. This is necessary because some widget sets use
15256 timeouts internally, for example the LessTif menu bar, or the
15257 Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timouts aren't processed, these
15258 widgets don't behave normally. */
15260 EMACS_TIME interval
;
15261 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
15262 start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
15266 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
15267 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
15268 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
15271 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
15272 original error handler. */
15273 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
15274 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
15276 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
15278 signal (SIGWINCH
, SIG_DFL
);
15279 #endif /* SIGWINCH */
15281 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
15284 x_session_initialize ();
15292 staticpro (&x_error_message_string
);
15293 x_error_message_string
= Qnil
;
15295 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
15296 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
15298 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
15299 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
15301 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
15302 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
15304 staticpro (&Qutf_8
);
15305 Qutf_8
= intern ("utf-8");
15306 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
15307 Qlatin_1
= intern ("latin-1");
15309 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
15310 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
15313 staticpro (&help_echo
);
15314 help_echo_object
= Qnil
;
15315 staticpro (&help_echo_object
);
15316 help_echo_window
= Qnil
;
15317 staticpro (&help_echo_window
);
15318 previous_help_echo
= Qnil
;
15319 staticpro (&previous_help_echo
);
15320 help_echo_pos
= -1;
15322 DEFVAR_BOOL ("mouse-autoselect-window", &mouse_autoselect_window
,
15323 doc
: /* *Non-nil means autoselect window with mouse pointer. */);
15324 mouse_autoselect_window
= 0;
15326 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-stretch-cursor", &x_stretch_cursor_p
,
15327 doc
: /* *Non-nil means draw block cursor as wide as the glyph under it.
15328 For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be drawn as
15329 wide as that tab on the display. */);
15330 x_stretch_cursor_p
= 0;
15332 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
15333 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
15334 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
15335 nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
15336 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
15337 to 4.1, set this to nil. */);
15338 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
15340 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
15341 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
15342 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
15343 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
15344 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
15346 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("motif");
15347 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
15348 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw3d");
15350 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw");
15353 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
15356 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
15357 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
15359 Qmodifier_value
= intern ("modifier-value");
15360 Qalt
= intern ("alt");
15361 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
15362 Qhyper
= intern ("hyper");
15363 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
15364 Qmeta
= intern ("meta");
15365 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
15366 Qsuper
= intern ("super");
15367 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
15369 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
15370 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
15371 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
15372 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
15373 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
15374 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
15376 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
15377 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
15378 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
15379 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
15380 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
15381 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
15383 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
15384 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
15385 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
15386 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
15387 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
15388 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
15390 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
15391 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
15392 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
15393 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
15394 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
15395 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
15397 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
15398 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
15399 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
15400 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
15401 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
15405 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */